WO2018061668A1 - Teaching material sharing system, teaching material sharing server, and teaching material sharing method - Google Patents

Teaching material sharing system, teaching material sharing server, and teaching material sharing method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2018061668A1
WO2018061668A1 PCT/JP2017/032051 JP2017032051W WO2018061668A1 WO 2018061668 A1 WO2018061668 A1 WO 2018061668A1 JP 2017032051 W JP2017032051 W JP 2017032051W WO 2018061668 A1 WO2018061668 A1 WO 2018061668A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
user
terminal
teaching material
content
learning
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2017/032051
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
平石　明
Original Assignee
株式会社スプリックス
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 株式会社スプリックス filed Critical 株式会社スプリックス
Priority to JP2018542055A priority Critical patent/JP6929864B2/en
Publication of WO2018061668A1 publication Critical patent/WO2018061668A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F13/00—Interconnection of, or transfer of information or other signals between, memories, input/output devices or central processing units
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06Q—INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q50/00—Information and communication technology [ICT] specially adapted for implementation of business processes of specific business sectors, e.g. utilities or tourism
    • G06Q50/10—Services
    • G06Q50/20—Education
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G09—EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09B—EDUCATIONAL OR DEMONSTRATION APPLIANCES; APPLIANCES FOR TEACHING, OR COMMUNICATING WITH, THE BLIND, DEAF OR MUTE; MODELS; PLANETARIA; GLOBES; MAPS; DIAGRAMS
    • G09B19/00—Teaching not covered by other main groups of this subclass

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a learning material sharing system, a learning material sharing server, and a learning material sharing method for sharing learning material contents between users.
  • learning material refers to materials used for educational purposes.
  • education includes instruction in various schools, cram schools, as well as various foreign languages, exercises, musical instruments, art, etc. Shall also be included.
  • Content refers mainly to digital content, regardless of whether it can be processed or not, and includes, for example, image data, moving image data, audio data, data for various applications, and education.
  • a teaching material providing server that provides teaching material contents used for education is known (for example, JP-A-2015-18159). According to the teaching material providing server, it is possible to easily select teaching material contents to be used in a class and to easily use the teaching material contents during the teaching material class.
  • An object of the present invention is to provide a new system, server, and method capable of sharing teaching materials between users.
  • a learning material sharing system is a learning material sharing system including a learning material sharing server connected to a first terminal and a second terminal via a network.
  • a post processing unit that accepts uploading, a teaching material storage unit that stores the teaching material content received by the post processing unit, a usage request for the teaching material content from the second terminal, and a learning material content related to the usage request.
  • a usage processing unit that reads from the learning material storage unit and downloads it to the second terminal.
  • the teaching material contents can be shared between the first terminal and the second terminal, and the teaching materials can be effectively shared among the users of the teaching materials using the terminal (for example, school teachers). .
  • the teaching material sharing system further includes a user management unit that receives user information and registers the user, and a user storage unit that stores the user information received by the user management unit.
  • the user management unit authenticates the user based on the user information stored in the user storage unit with respect to the first terminal and the second terminal, and the post processing unit includes the user
  • the upload is received in association with the user information for the first terminal for which the user has been authenticated by the management unit, and the usage processing unit receives the second user whose user has been authenticated by the user management unit
  • a learning material sharing system according to a first aspect, wherein the download is performed in association with user information on a terminal.
  • the posting processing unit edits the uploaded teaching material content
  • the teaching material storage unit stores the edited teaching material content.
  • the user of the first terminal can edit and store the teaching material content that needs to be edited before it can be shared by the teaching material sharing system and share it.
  • the learning material sharing system is the learning material sharing system according to the third aspect, in which the post processing unit performs the editing based on an instruction from the first terminal.
  • the user of the first terminal (the educational material contributor) can arbitrarily edit the educational material content provided for sharing.
  • the learning material sharing system is the learning material sharing system according to the third or fourth aspect, wherein the editing is an editing that masks a part of the learning material content.
  • the learning material sharing system is the learning material sharing system according to the fifth aspect, wherein the learning material content includes an image, and the editing is an editing that masks a part of the image.
  • the learning material sharing system is the learning material sharing system according to the fifth aspect, wherein the learning material content includes a moving image, and the editing is an editing that masks a part of video and / or audio of the moving image. System.
  • the post processing unit alerts the infringement of the copyright and / or portrait right of another person when receiving the upload of the educational material content from the first terminal.
  • a pop-up including access means for accessing content for allowing the user of the first terminal to understand copyright and / or portrait rights, and posting instruction means for instructing execution of the upload.
  • the educational material content uploaded from contributors may include infringements of copyrights and portrait rights of others.
  • infringements of copyrights and portrait rights of others For example, when scan data of a commercial textbook is uploaded as educational material content, there is a possibility of infringing the copyright of the author of the textbook, and image data that reflects the student's face is included as educational material content. If uploaded, the student's portrait rights may be infringed. However, even in these cases, it may not be infringed if the permission of the right holder is obtained. Therefore, it is difficult to determine the possibility of infringement of copyright and portrait right from the teaching material content itself, and this possibility must be determined by the contributor himself. On the other hand, some contributors are not upbeat about the copyright and portrait rights laws.
  • the contributors are alerted to the contributors who want to learn about copyrights and portrait rights, and the contributors are asked to execute uploads at their own discretion. It was. Thereby, it is possible to reduce the possibility that the uploader uploads the teaching material content and infringes the copyright and portrait right of others.
  • the posting processing unit specifies at least one of school division, grade, subject, unit, and content type from the first terminal for the teaching material content.
  • the learning material storage unit stores the learning material content in association with the school classification, grade, subject, unit, and content type designated by the first terminal, and the usage processing unit stores the first content.
  • Accepting a narrowing condition including at least one of school division, grade, subject, unit, and content type from the terminal of 2, and the school division, grade, subject, unit, and content type that match the narrowing condition
  • a teaching material sharing system according to a second aspect, in which the teaching material content associated with is presented to the second terminal.
  • the user of the second terminal can specify the school division, grade, subject, unit, and / or content type and narrow down the necessary teaching material content.
  • the teaching material sharing system further includes a narrowing condition storage unit that stores the narrowing condition received from the first terminal in association with user information, and the usage processing unit includes the user It is a teaching material sharing system according to a ninth aspect, in which a narrowing condition associated with a user authenticated by a management unit is read from the narrowing condition storage unit and presented to the first terminal.
  • the user (teacher user) of the first terminal is typically a school teacher, and it is assumed that the school division (elementary school, junior high school, high school) etc. is not changed frequently. Then, it is assumed that the narrowing-down condition is the same every time it is used. Therefore, with this configuration, necessary educational material content can be easily narrowed down.
  • the use processing unit when the use processing unit receives the narrowing condition and narrows down the learning material content, the history of the narrowing condition is associated with the authenticated user.
  • the learning material sharing system according to a tenth aspect which is stored in the refinement condition storage unit, reads out the history from the refinement condition storage unit and presents the history to the first terminal at the time of subsequent refinement by the user.
  • the user of the first terminal (learning material user) specifies a narrowing-down condition and performs narrowing down, it is stored as a history and presented at the time of subsequent narrowing down.
  • the narrowing can be performed under the same conditions as the above narrowing conditions.
  • the usage processing unit receives an instruction to save together with the narrowing condition from the first terminal, and the refinement condition related to the instruction is transmitted to an authenticated user.
  • the association is stored in the refinement condition storage unit, and the refinement condition is read from the refinement condition storage unit from the refinement condition and presented to the first terminal at the time of subsequent refinement by the user. It is a teaching material sharing system.
  • the user (teaching material user) of the first terminal can instruct storage of an arbitrary narrowing condition, and can narrow down the narrowing condition stored at the time of narrowing down later.
  • the usage processing unit accepts a narrowing keyword from the first terminal, and the teaching material content including the keyword is in a state where the usage request can be accepted.
  • a teaching material sharing system according to any one of the first to twelfth aspects, presented to one terminal.
  • the user (teaching material user) of the first terminal can download the necessary teaching material content by designating an arbitrary keyword.
  • the user management unit associates specific users with each other, and the usage processing unit associates the second terminal with the user of the second terminal. It is a teaching material sharing system of the 2nd mode which presents information on other users who were given.
  • the user of the second terminal can perform various processes such as downloading the teaching material content and the like uploaded by the other user in response to the presentation of the other user associated with the second terminal.
  • the usage processing unit accepts an upload of a new learning material content from the first terminal
  • the user of the second terminal uploads the user Is associated with the second terminal
  • the teaching material sharing system according to the fourteenth aspect which notifies the second terminal of the upload.
  • the user can easily know a new post by receiving a notification when another user associated with the user uploads a new teaching material content.
  • the teaching material sharing system according to the sixteenth aspect of the present invention is the teaching material sharing system according to the fourteenth or fifteenth aspect, further comprising an AC processing unit for creating a group of a plurality of the users.
  • This configuration allows a group to be formed by multiple users.
  • the AC processing unit accepts uploading of group content of the group from a terminal of a member of the group
  • the educational material sharing system accepts the educational material sharing system at the AC processing unit.
  • the learning material sharing system according to a sixteenth aspect further comprising an AC storage unit that stores group content so that only members of the group can browse or only the user can browse the group content.
  • group members can store group content in the AC storage unit and share it with other members in the group.
  • the educational material sharing system according to the eighteenth aspect of the present invention is the educational material sharing system according to the seventeenth aspect, wherein the group content is educational material content that can be edited by a plurality of members of the group.
  • the learning material sharing system according to the nineteenth aspect of the present invention is the learning material sharing system according to the eighteenth aspect, wherein the AC processing unit stores the learning material content edited by the group in the learning material storage unit.
  • the twentieth aspect of the teaching material sharing system of the present invention is the educational material sharing system of the seventeenth aspect, wherein the group content is a schedule of the group.
  • schedules can be shared within the group.
  • the learning material storage unit further includes, for each learning material content, a statistical processing unit that stores a user's reaction to the learning material content and performs statistical processing on the reaction.
  • a statistical processing unit that stores a user's reaction to the learning material content and performs statistical processing on the reaction.
  • the teaching material content to be handled can be used in a public scene called school education, and such teaching material content is created for the teaching by the school teacher who is a public servant.
  • the above configuration is adopted in order to get the user's reaction as a motivation for posting instead of giving a monetary reward to the poster.
  • the learning material sharing system is the learning material sharing according to the twenty-first aspect, wherein the reaction is a favorable evaluation of the learning material content, the number of downloads of the learning material content, and / or the number of browsing of the learning material content. System.
  • the user of the first terminal (the teaching material contributor) and the user of the second terminal (the teaching material user) can confirm the favorable evaluation, the number of downloads, and / or the number of browsing for each teaching material content. .
  • a teaching material sharing system is the teaching material sharing system according to the twenty-third aspect, in which the statistical processing unit performs statistical processing of the reaction for each user.
  • the statistical processing unit performs statistical processing of the reaction for each user as the statistical processing, and awards the user based on a result of the statistical processing.
  • a learning material sharing system according to a twenty-third aspect, which performs a process of providing
  • the learning material storage unit stores information of a user who has made the reaction for each reaction, and the statistical processing unit performs the reaction and the response for each learning material content.
  • the learning material sharing system according to any one of the twenty-first to twenty-fourth aspects, wherein statistical processing is performed on a relationship with the user information.
  • the user management unit accepts information on the location of the user as the user information, and the statistical processing unit performs statistical processing for each location of the user.
  • the teaching material sharing system according to any one of the twenty-first to twenty-fifth aspects.
  • This configuration allows statistical processing to be performed for each user location.
  • the educational material sharing system is the educational material sharing system according to the twenty-sixth aspect, in which the statistical processing unit displays a result of the statistical processing on a map based on the location.
  • This configuration allows you to check the status of each region.
  • the user management unit when the user information includes information on a destination for receiving the message of the user, the user management unit is configured to generate an event related to the user. It is a teaching material sharing system of the 2nd mode which transmits a notice message to the address of the user concerned.
  • This configuration allows the user to receive notification of the occurrence of an event related to him / her by push transmission.
  • events related to self for example, when there is a reaction to educational material content that you have uploaded, when a new user is associated with you, or when a new user uploads educational material content
  • a new teaching material content that matches the filtering condition memorized is uploaded, when I am invited to a group, when an event occurs in a group to which I belong.
  • the learning material sharing system is the approval for storing the learning material content in the learning material storage unit in a state where it can be read by the second terminal after the approval of the newly uploaded learning material content.
  • the teaching material sharing system according to any one of the first to the twenty-eighth aspects, further including a processing unit.
  • This configuration makes it possible to publish only approved educational material contents so that they can be downloaded, thereby avoiding illegal or inappropriate disclosure of educational material contents.
  • the approval processing section receives the approval from a third terminal for the newly uploaded teaching material content, and receives the approved teaching material content as the second teaching material content.
  • a learning material sharing system according to a twenty-ninth aspect, wherein the learning material storage unit stores the data in a state in which the information can be read by the terminal.
  • the approval processing section determines whether or not the newly uploaded teaching material content includes contents protected by copyright by machine learning, and uses the copyright. The approval is made for the learning material content determined not to include the protected content, and the approved learning material content is stored in the learning material storage unit in a state that can be read by the second terminal.
  • the teaching material storage unit includes a plurality of non-public statuses in which the uploaded teaching material content is not disclosed to users other than itself and a public status that can be viewed by any user. It is a teaching material sharing system of the 2nd mode memorized by any of statuses.
  • the user can create teaching material content (for example, a periodic test) for self-use by using the teaching material content provided in the teaching material sharing system. It can be saved in this educational material sharing system.
  • teaching material content for example, a periodic test
  • the teaching material sharing system according to the thirty-third aspect of the present invention is the teaching material sharing system according to the thirty-second aspect in which the status of the teaching material content can be changed by the user who uploaded the teaching material content.
  • This configuration makes it possible to publish educational material created for self-use at any time (for example, after being used as a regular test).
  • the usage processing unit receives a comment on the learning material content from the second terminal, and the learning material storage unit stores the comment in association with the corresponding learning material content.
  • the usage processing unit is a teaching material sharing system according to a second aspect, which displays a comment on the teaching material content stored in the teaching material storage unit when the teaching material content is presented to the second terminal.
  • the user can comment on each educational material content, and the comment is also made public to other users. Therefore, the user who uploaded the educational material content can refer to other people's comments and the educational material. Other users who intend to use the content can also refer to comments on the teaching material content of other users.
  • the usage processing unit accepts an evaluation for the comment from the second terminal, and the teaching material storage unit stores the evaluation in association with the corresponding comment
  • the usage processing unit is a teaching material sharing system according to a thirty-fourth aspect that displays an evaluation on the comment stored in the teaching material storage unit when a comment is displayed on the second terminal.
  • a part of teaching material content selected from teaching material contents stored in the teaching material storage unit by the user management unit for the user of the second terminal It is a teaching material sharing system of the 2nd mode which performs recommendation processing which recommends.
  • the user (teaching material user) of the second terminal can receive the recommendation of the teaching material content that seems to be necessary for the user, and can also find the teaching material content that cannot be found by narrowing down by keyword or the like. Become.
  • the user management unit accepts information on at least one of a school division, a grade, and a subject that the user is in charge of as the user information.
  • the learning material content designation of at least one of a school division, a grade, and a subject is received from the first terminal, and the learning material storage unit receives the designation of the learning material content from the first terminal.
  • the usage processing unit matches the school division, grade, and / or subject in charge of the user of the second terminal as the recommendation process with respect to the user of the second terminal. It is a teaching material sharing system according to a thirty-sixth aspect that recommends teaching material contents associated with school divisions, grades, and / or subjects.
  • the user management unit accepts information on at least one of a school division, a grade, and a subject that the user is in charge of as the user information.
  • the teaching material content is designated by the first terminal as a school division, grade, subject, and unit, and the learning material storage unit receives the teaching content from the first terminal as a school division, grade
  • the usage processing unit stores the associated school division, grade, and subject for the user of the second terminal as the recommendation process.
  • a teaching according to the thirty-sixth aspect that recommends teaching material content that matches the school division, grade, and subject, and whose associated unit matches the current unit of the user. It is a shared system.
  • the user (teacher user) of the second terminal can receive a recommendation of teaching material content necessary in a timely manner.
  • the teaching material sharing system according to the thirty-ninth aspect of the present invention is the teaching material sharing system according to the thirty-eighth aspect, wherein the current unit is determined according to a standard lesson plan and a date at that time.
  • This configuration allows users to automatically receive recommendations according to a standard lesson plan without having to create their own lesson plan.
  • the user management unit receives the lesson plan of the user, and the current unit is determined according to the lesson plan of the user and a date at that time.
  • This configuration makes it possible to receive recommendations according to the lesson plan specified by the user, so that recommendations can be received in accordance with the progress of the actual lesson.
  • the user management unit accepts, as the user information, information on at least one of a school division, a grade, and a subject in charge of the user, As the recommendation process, for the user of the second terminal, by another user who is in charge of the school division, grade, and / or subject that matches the school division, grade, and / or subject that the user is in charge of A thirty-sixth aspect of the teaching material sharing system for recommending uploaded teaching material contents.
  • the posting processing unit specifies at least one of school division, grade, subject, unit, and content type from the first terminal for the teaching material content.
  • the learning material storage unit stores the learning material content in association with the school classification, grade, subject, unit, and content type designated by the first terminal, and the usage processing unit stores the first content.
  • 2 accepts a request for teaching material content designating at least one of the school division, charge, grade, subject, unit, and content type from the terminal, and the teaching material storage unit stores the request, and the posting process
  • the unit is a teaching material sharing system according to a second aspect, wherein the request is presented to the first terminal.
  • the user of the first terminal the teaching material contributor
  • the educational material sharing system is the educational-material sharing system according to the forty-second aspect, in which the posting processing unit presents the request together with the number of requests when the same request is made in plurality. .
  • the user of the first terminal can know which school division, grade, subject, unit, and content type of content user needs many users.
  • the learning material sharing system is the learning material according to the 42nd or 43rd aspect, wherein the posting processing section stops the presentation of the request when the learning material content that matches the request is uploaded. It is a shared system.
  • the user of the second terminal (the educational material contributor) can know only the educational material content that is requested at that time, and the content of the educational material content that has already been uploaded by another user can be requested repeatedly. You can avoid uploading to respond.
  • a learning material sharing system is the learning material sharing system according to the first aspect, wherein the learning material storage unit stores the learning material with a tag indicating the theme for each specific theme.
  • This configuration makes it possible to create a “special feature” in line with a specific theme, and automatically add a special tag to the teaching material content posted there and group it.
  • a learning material sharing system is the learning material sharing system according to the second aspect, wherein the learning material storage unit stores the selected learning material contents as a collection group for each user. .
  • This configuration allows each user to arbitrarily select content and bundle it as a collection group.
  • the AC processing unit accepts practice using the learning material content from a terminal of the group member and can be viewed by the group member in association with the learning material content.
  • This configuration allows specific users to connect with each other, share their practices among the members of the group, and obtain feedback from other members on the teaching material content posted by the users.
  • a forty-eighth aspect of the present invention is a learning material sharing server, which is connected to the first terminal and the second terminal via a network and accepts uploading of learning material content from the first terminal.
  • a posting processing unit a teaching material storage unit that stores the teaching material content received by the posting processing unit, a usage request for the teaching material content from the second terminal, and the teaching material content related to the usage request; And a usage processing unit that reads and downloads the data to the second terminal.
  • the teaching material contents can be shared between the first terminal and the second terminal, and the teaching materials can be effectively shared between the users of the teaching materials using the terminal (for example, school teachers). it can.
  • a forty-ninth aspect of the present invention is a learning material sharing method, wherein the learning material method server is a learning material sharing method in a learning material sharing server connected to the first terminal and the second terminal via a network.
  • a posting processing step for accepting uploading of teaching material content from the first terminal; a teaching material storage step for storing the teaching material content accepted in the posting processing step; and a usage request for the teaching material content from the second terminal; And a usage processing step of reading the educational material content related to the usage request from the educational material storage unit and downloading it to the second terminal.
  • the teaching material contents can be shared between the first terminal and the second terminal, and the teaching materials can be effectively shared between the users of the teaching materials using the terminal (for example, school teachers). it can.
  • the teaching material content can be shared between the first terminal and the second terminal, and the teaching material can be effectively used among the teaching material users (for example, school teachers) using the terminal. Can share.
  • FIG. 1 is a diagram showing a configuration of a teaching material sharing system according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a configuration diagram of the educational material sharing system showing the detailed configuration of the educational material sharing server and database according to the embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 3 is a diagram showing an example of the home screen according to the embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 4 is a diagram showing an example of the configuration of the panel according to the embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 5 is a diagram illustrating an example of a refinement search screen according to the embodiment of this invention.
  • FIG. 6 is a diagram illustrating an example of a search result screen according to the embodiment of this invention.
  • FIG. 7 is a diagram illustrating an example of a browsing screen according to the embodiment of this invention.
  • FIG. 1 is a diagram showing a configuration of a teaching material sharing system according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a configuration diagram of the educational material sharing system showing the detailed configuration of the educational material sharing server and database
  • FIG. 8 is a diagram illustrating an example of a posting screen according to the embodiment of this invention.
  • FIG. 9 is a diagram illustrating an example of a posting screen according to the embodiment of this invention.
  • FIG. 10 is a flowchart of upload processing according to the embodiment of this invention.
  • FIG. 11 is a diagram illustrating an example of an alert pop-up according to the embodiment of this invention.
  • FIG. 12 is a diagram illustrating editing of an attached image file according to the embodiment of this invention.
  • FIG. 13 is a diagram illustrating an operation when browsing an attached file with a caption according to the embodiment of this invention.
  • FIG. 14 is a diagram for explaining the specification of the question location according to the embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 15 is a diagram illustrating an example of a user information screen according to the embodiment of this invention.
  • FIG. 16 is a diagram illustrating an example of a teaching material content panel stored in the storage box according to the embodiment of this invention.
  • FIG. 17 is a diagram illustrating an example of a group list screen according to the embodiment of this invention.
  • FIG. 18 is a diagram illustrating an example of a group screen according to the embodiment of this invention.
  • FIG. 19 is a diagram illustrating an example of a My Page screen according to the embodiment of this invention.
  • FIG. 1 is a diagram showing a configuration of a teaching material sharing system according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the learning material sharing system 1 includes a learning material sharing server 10, a database 20, an administrator terminal 30 operated by the administrator A, a contributor terminal 40 operated by the learning material poster P, and learning material use. And a user terminal 50 operated by the person U.
  • the administrator terminal 30, the poster terminal 40, and the user terminal 50 can be communicably connected to the learning material sharing server 10 via a communication network.
  • This communication network may be part or all of a wireless network and part or all of the Internet.
  • the administrator terminal 30, the poster terminal 40, and the user terminal 50 may be personal computers, tablet PCs, smartphones, or other information processing devices that can be connected to a communication network wirelessly or by wire.
  • the learning material sharing server 10 has functions as a Web server and an application server, and is connected to the Internet.
  • the database 20 has a function as a database server, and may be connected to the educational material sharing server 10 through a local network so as to be communicable. 10 and the database 20 may be configured as an integrated information processing apparatus (the database 20 may be configured in a storage device of the teaching material sharing server 10).
  • the teaching material sharing server 10 can be accessed from any information processing terminal capable of Web access, and both the poster terminal 40 and the user terminal 50 are arbitrary information processing terminals.
  • the user when a user intends to post teaching material content, the user is referred to as a teaching material contributor and the information processing terminal is referred to as a contributor terminal 40.
  • the user When trying to use content, the user is called a teaching material user, and the information processing terminal is called a user terminal 50.
  • FIG. 2 is a configuration diagram of the educational material sharing system 1 showing the detailed configuration of the educational material sharing server 10 and the database 20.
  • the learning material sharing server 10 is an application server that also functions as a Web server, but in FIG. 2, illustration of general components in the application server is omitted, and functions necessary for the description of the present embodiment are illustrated.
  • the database 20 is a database server, but in FIG. 2, general database server components such as a database engine, SQL, and memory are omitted, and a data table and a master table necessary for this embodiment are illustrated. ing.
  • the database 20 includes a user table 21, a teaching material table 22, a group table 23, various master tables 24, and a file storage unit 25.
  • the file storage unit 25 stores data files (image data file, moving image data file, audio data file, text data file, etc.) used in various applications, and can be read by designating the address thereof. .
  • the various master tables 24 store the following master tables (hereinafter simply referred to as “masters”).
  • Masters In the user status master, “registration” indicating the registered state, “waiting for approval” indicating waiting for approval of the user qualification from the administrator, and “status indicating that user qualification is stopped” "Stop” is stored in association with the user status ID representing them.
  • Gender master In the gender master, “male”, “female” and “others” are stored in association with gender IDs representing them.
  • Prefectural master As the prefectural master, 47 prefectures and “overseas” in Japan are stored in association with the prefectural IDs representing them.
  • School division master In the school division master, “elementary school”, “junior high school”, “high school”, and “special support school” are stored in association with school division IDs representing them.
  • Grade master In the grade master, each grade from “1st year” to “6th grade” and “all grades” are stored in association with grade IDs representing them.
  • Subject master In the subject master, subjects such as Japanese language, arithmetic, science, and society are stored in association with subject IDs representing them.
  • Unit master In the unit master, the instruction divisions obtained by subdividing the subjects of each grade in each school division are stored in association with the unit IDs representing them. In the unit master, for example, “1. Line graph and table”, “2. Angle size”, and “3.
  • Teaching material category master The teaching material category indicates the type of teaching material content.
  • a “teaching plan” that is a plan example for proceeding with a lesson
  • a “practical example” that is a report that actually conducted the lesson
  • a lesson "Board” which is a description example of blackboards, etc.
  • material which is a figure and problem used for creating tests and prints
  • periodic test which is a regular test example
  • worksheet which is a worksheet example
  • school template which is an example of materials used for various school affairs (for example, a spreadsheet software file for grade management) are associated with teaching material category IDs representing them. Is remembered.
  • Tag master A tag is given to teaching material contents.
  • ICT In the tag master, “ICT”, “active learning”, “learning”, “reversing class”, “special support”, etc. are tag IDs representing them. It is stored in association.
  • Teaching material status master The teaching material status indicates the state of the teaching material content in the teaching material sharing system 1.
  • the “draft” indicating the state in the middle of creation, the state before release waiting for approval by the administrator "Waiting for approval”
  • Public indicating the state that is open to other users
  • Self-use indicating the state that is reserved for self-use, and that the teaching material content is requested
  • the “request” shown is stored in association with the teaching material status ID representing them.
  • Quantity Award Master The quantity award is determined for each user according to the number of educational material contents posted. In the quantity award master, posted educational material content is given to users who are 9 or less “none”, 10 to 29 “squares” given to users, and 30 to 49 users. “Stars” given to users who are 50 or more are stored in association with quantity award IDs representing them. Evaluation Award Master: The evaluation award is determined according to the number of favorable evaluations given to the posted content for each user. The evaluation award is given only to a user who is given a quantity award, and is expressed in a color given to a badge in the form of “square”, “circle”, or “star” indicating the quantity award. .
  • “None” given to users whose quantity award is “None”, “Blue” given to users whose number of favorable evaluations is 49 or less, 50 to 99 “Green” given to a certain user and “red” given to 100 or more users are stored in association with an evaluation award ID representing them.
  • Each field of the user table 21 includes basic information that is specified by the user at the time of registration, teaching material information that is information indicating teaching material content associated with the user, and the user and other users who are in the teaching material sharing system 1. It can be roughly divided into fluctuation information which is information updated by executing the function.
  • the user table 21 is provided with the following fields as basic information.
  • User ID The user ID field stores an identifier assigned to the user. The user ID is composed of alphanumeric texts and is given in the user table 21 as not overlapping with any other users.
  • Password The password field stores alphanumeric characters designated as a password by the user.
  • User status A user status ID indicating a user status is stored in the user status field.
  • the face face field stores the address of an image file uploaded by the user as a face image that looks like a face photo.
  • Nickname (user name) In the nickname (user name) field, text designated by the user as a name (user name) in the learning material sharing system is stored.
  • Mail address The mail address of the user designated by the user is stored in the mail address field.
  • the name field stores the name (real name) of the user and its public flag.
  • Gender The gender field stores the gender ID of the user's gender and its public flag.
  • Date of birth The date of birth of the user and its public flag are stored in the date of birth field.
  • School location The school location field stores the prefecture ID of the prefecture where the user belongs and the public flag thereof.
  • Instructor period In the instructor period field, the period in which the user was a teacher and its public flag are stored.
  • Title In the title field, the title at the user's affiliation and its public flag are stored.
  • School division In the school division field, a school division ID indicating a school division to which the user belongs and a public flag thereof are stored.
  • Grade A grade ID indicating the grade of the user and its public flag are stored in the grade field.
  • Self-introduction The self-introduction field stores a self-introduction sentence in text format input by the user.
  • Club activity The club activity field stores the club activity name that the user is in charge of and the public flag.
  • the HP HP field stores the URL of the user's personal Web site and its public flag.
  • a public flag is also stored, and the user can select public or private. It can be done.
  • the user table 21 has the following fields as teaching material information.
  • Learning material content The learning material content field stores the learning material ID and learning material status ID of the learning material associated with the user, and when there are a plurality of learning materials associated with the corresponding user, the learning material ID for each of them is stored. And teaching material status ID are stored.
  • the learning material ID is an ID that uniquely identifies the uploaded learning material content.
  • Storage attachment file The storage attachment file field stores addresses of attachment files of other users stored by the user.
  • the teaching material ID of the teaching material content created by the user is any of “draft”, “waiting for approval”, “public”, and “self-use” as the teaching material content related to the user.
  • the other user's teaching material contents collected by the user are stored together with a “self-use” status ID indicating that.
  • the learning material ID and the learning material status ID are defined for each user as information on the learning material content associated with the user, and the status varies from user to user even for the same learning material content.
  • a certain teaching material content is associated with the user A who posted it, and is stored in the status of “draft”, “waiting for approval”, “public”, or “self-use”, and It may be stored in the “self-use” status in association with user B using Note that the status indicating that the user is the other user's educational material content collected from the educational material sharing server 1 may be expressed in other terms such as “favorite” or “collection” instead of “self-use”. Good.
  • the user table 21 is provided with the following fields as variation information. Being a fan: In the field becoming a fan, user ID (s) of other users who are fans of the user are stored. Being a fan: The field of being a fan stores the user ID (s) of other users who are fans of the user.
  • Number of favorable evaluations The number of favorable evaluations stores the total number of favorable evaluations for the teaching material contents posted by the user. The favorable evaluation may be presented to the user in an expression such as “I want to practice” or “Like”, and the number of users who agree with it is the number of favorable evaluations.
  • Number of favorable evaluations for the last 30 days The number of favorable evaluations for the latest 30 days for the teaching material contents posted by the user is stored in the number of favorable evaluations for the last 30 days.
  • Number of posts The total number of teaching material contents posted by the user is stored in the number of posts field.
  • Number of browsed The number of browsed fields stores the total number of times the teaching material content posted by the user has been browsed.
  • Subjects that are frequently posted The subject ID of the subject that has the largest number of teaching material contents posted by the user is stored in the subject field that is frequently posted.
  • Latest posting date The latest posting date field stores the latest date when the user posted the teaching material content.
  • Teaching material most practiced The teaching material ID of the teaching material content most frequently evaluated among the teaching material content posted by the user is stored in the teaching material field most practiced.
  • Recent recommended educational material The recent recommended educational material field stores the educational material ID of the educational material content most frequently evaluated in the last 30 days among the educational material contents posted by the user.
  • Save refinement condition The save refinement condition field stores the save name of the refinement search condition saved by the user, the grade ID, the subject ID, the unit ID, the teaching material category ID, and the save order (s) of the refinement condition. Yes.
  • Search history The search history field stores a search condition executed by the user and a storage order (several numbers) of the condition.
  • Award The award field stores the subject ID and grade ID of the user, grade ID, quantity award ID indicating the type of award, and evaluation award ID (s).
  • Schedule The schedule field stores the address of a schedule file indicating the user's schedule.
  • Message The message field stores a folder address of a message file indicating a message transmitted / received by the user.
  • Affiliation group The affiliation group field stores the group ID (s) of the group to which the user belongs.
  • interesting school category The user can register the school category he / she is interested in for the recommendation function described later.
  • the school category ID of the school category in which the user is interested is stored.
  • Grade of Interest The user can register the grade in which he / she is interested for the recommendation function described later.
  • the school year field of interest the school year ID of the school year in which the user is interested is stored.
  • Subjects of interest The user can register subjects of interest for the recommendation function described later. A subject ID of a subject that the user is interested in is stored in the subject of interest field.
  • Interest learning material category The user can register the learning material category that he / she is interested in for a recommendation function described later.
  • the learning material category field stores the learning material category ID of the learning material category in which the user is interested. Note that “being a fan” / “being a fan” indicating an association between users may be expressed by “following” / “following” or the like.
  • each field of the learning material table 22 is updated by executing basic functions as information specified when the learning material content is created and various functions of the learning material sharing system 1 by the user after the learning material is created. It can be roughly divided into fluctuation information, which is information to be processed.
  • the teaching material table 22 has the following fields as basic information.
  • Learning material ID The learning material ID field stores an identifier assigned to the learning material content.
  • Creator In the creator field, the user ID of the user who created the teaching material content is stored. This creator is also treated as a contributor when the teaching material content is posted.
  • Teaching material title The title of the teaching material content designated by the creator is stored in the teaching material title field.
  • Attachment file The attachment file field stores the address (s) of the file uploaded by the creator as part of the teaching material content.
  • Caption The caption field stores a caption designated by the creator in relation to the attached file (one or less for each attached file). How to use teaching materials: In the How to use teaching materials field, explanations are stored that explain how to use the teaching materials.
  • the school division field stores the school division ID of the school division targeted by the teaching material content.
  • Grade In the grade field, the grade ID of the grade targeted by the teaching material content is stored.
  • the subject The subject field stores the subject ID of the subject targeted by the educational material content.
  • Unit In the unit field, a unit ID of a unit targeted by the teaching material content is stored.
  • Learning material category A learning material category ID indicating a learning material content category is stored in the learning material category field.
  • Public / non-public In the public / non-public field, a public flag indicating whether or not the teaching material content is public is stored.
  • Tag A tag ID of a tag assigned to the educational material content is stored in the tag field.
  • Comment Necessity / Necessity The comment necessity / unnecessity field stores a comment necessity flag indicating whether or not another user's comment is requested for the teaching material content.
  • Posting date / time The posting date / time field stores the posting date / time when the teaching material content is posted. When the uploaded educational material content is updated and re-uploaded, the update date is stored in the posting date field.
  • the teaching material table 22 has the following fields as variation information.
  • Learning material status The learning material status field stores a learning material status ID indicating the state of the learning material content.
  • Comment In the comment field, comments from other users on the teaching material content and the user ID of the comment poster are stored. Comment evaluation number: The comment evaluation number field stores the total number of favorable evaluations from other users for the comment.
  • Browser The user ID of another user who has viewed the educational material content is stored in the browser field. Downloader: The downloader field stores the user IDs of other users who have downloaded the teaching material contents.
  • Favored person The user ID of a user who has given a good evaluation to the teaching material content is stored in the favorable person field.
  • Number of browsing The number of browsing is stored in the browsing number field. Download count: The download count field stores the number of times the teaching material contents have been downloaded.
  • Number of favorable evaluations The number of favorable evaluations stores the number of favorable evaluations made for the teaching material contents.
  • the group table 23 has the following fields.
  • Group name The group name field stores the name of the group.
  • Group ID An identifier assigned to a group is stored in the group ID field.
  • Participant In the participant field, user IDs of a plurality of users participating in the group are stored.
  • Activity record The activity record field stores the address of the activity record file and its public flag.
  • Lesson plan The lesson plan field stores the address of the lesson plan file and its public flag.
  • Public status The public status field stores a public flag indicating whether or not to publicize the group itself.
  • New user registration In order for an arbitrary user to use the learning material sharing system 1, it is necessary to first register the user by accessing the learning material sharing server 10 from the information processing terminal.
  • a user who is newly registered inputs information corresponding to basic information in the user table 21 through a user registration form provided from the learning material sharing server 10 to the information processing terminal.
  • the information of the user registration form of the newly registered user is transmitted to the learning material sharing server 10, the information is stored as a new record in the user table 21, and the approval processing unit 17 performs the management from the learning material sharing server 10 to the administrator. It is transmitted to the terminal 30.
  • the user status in the user table 21 is “waiting for approval”.
  • the approval instruction is transmitted to the learning material sharing server 10 and the authentication processing unit 17 performs the approval process.
  • the user can become a regular registered user, and the approval processing unit 17 updates the user status in the user table 21 of the user to “registered”.
  • the administrator A can stop the user qualification at an arbitrary timing.
  • the administrator A operates the administrator terminal 30 to update the user status in the user table 21 of the corresponding user to “stop” by the approval processing unit 17.
  • a login (user authentication) screen is provided from the learning material sharing server 10 to the information processing terminal.
  • the user inputs the user ID and password on the login screen displayed on the screen of the information processing terminal the information is transmitted to the learning material sharing server 10.
  • the user management unit 12 of the learning material sharing server 10 performs authentication by comparing the transmitted combination of the user ID and password with the user table 21, the corresponding user exists, and the user status is “registered”. If this is the case, the login of the user is permitted, and the home screen is provided to the information processing terminal of the user.
  • FIG. 3 is a diagram illustrating an example of a home screen displayed on the screen of the contributor terminal 40 or the user terminal 50 logged into the learning material sharing server 10.
  • command instruction displays such as buttons and tabs that can be instructed by the user at the contributor terminal 40 or the user terminal 50 are provided as instruction means for executing various functions of the learning material sharing system 1.
  • instruction refers to an input operation such as click, tap, or the like for the command instruction display.
  • a nickname 102 is displayed together with the face 101 of the user permitted to log in. If a nickname is not specified at the time of user registration, the name (real name) specified in the name field is displayed instead of the nickname 102.
  • a personal setting button 103 for changing personal settings
  • a logout button 104 for logging out
  • a narrowing button 105 for starting narrowing search processing
  • teaching material content posting processing are performed.
  • Post button 106 for starting Post button 106 for starting, storage box button 107 for accessing the storage box, fan button 108 for browsing a list of users who are fans and users who are fans, and storage in the user table 21
  • My page button 109 for browsing his / her information My page button 109 for browsing his / her information
  • group button 110 for shifting to the screen of the group to which he belongs
  • a request button 111 for starting a function for requesting teaching material contents
  • Menu for opening a message folder Sage button 112 is displayed.
  • the home screen 100 includes a keyword input field 113 for searching for material contents by narrowing down from the keyword, and a search instruction button 114. Further, on the home screen 100, a part of a plurality of teaching material contents among all the teaching material contents (public teaching material contents) whose teaching material status is “public” is displayed on the panel display field 115 on the panel 116.
  • the panel display field 115 can be changed by a tab. When the “all” tab 117 is selected, the published teaching material contents are listed at random, and when the “new arrival order” tab 118 is selected, the new arrival order, that is, the posting date is old.
  • the public teaching material contents are enumerated in order, and when the “Popularity” tab 119 is selected, the public teaching material contents are enumerated in order of popularity, that is, in descending order of the number of favorable evaluations.
  • the learning material contents stored in the user table as content the learning material contents of other users whose learning material status ID is “self-use” are listed.
  • FIG. 4 is a diagram illustrating an example of the configuration of the panel 116.
  • Each panel 116 includes a thumbnail image 1161 of the attached file of the learning material contents, a learning material title 1162 of the learning material content, a browsing number 1163, a downloading number 1164, and a favorable evaluation number 1165.
  • the thumbnail image 1161 of the attached file is automatically generated when the poster uploads the teaching material content.
  • the attached file is image data
  • the image data is a thumbnail image.
  • the attached file is movie data
  • one scene of the movie data is automatically selected as a thumbnail image
  • the attached file is In the case of voice data, a thumbnail image for voice data prepared in advance is used, and when there is no attached file, a thumbnail image showing a school division, grade, and subject prepared in advance is used.
  • FIG. 5 is a diagram illustrating an example of a refinement search screen 200 provided from the learning material sharing server 10 to the user terminal 50 by instructing the refinement button 105 on the home screen 100.
  • the refinement search screen 200 the description of the same elements as those of the home screen 100 is omitted (the same applies to the following screen examples).
  • the refinement search screen 200 is provided with a home button 201 for returning to the home screen 100. Further, the refinement search screen 200 is provided with a refinement field 210, a tag field 220, a saved condition field 230, and a history field 240.
  • the user of the user terminal 50 displays the refined search screen 200 on the user terminal 50, and refines the educational content by specifying the school division, grade, subject, unit, and educational material category arbitrarily. It can be performed.
  • the refinement field 210 includes a grade selection box 211 for selecting a grade, a subject selection box 212 for selecting a subject, a unit selection box 213 for selecting a unit, and a teaching material category.
  • a teaching material category select box 214 is provided.
  • the refinement field 210 is provided with a save name input field 216 and a save instruction button 217 for inputting a save name when saving the refinement search condition.
  • the tag field 220 is provided with various tags 221 and the number 222 of teaching material contents to which the tags are attached.
  • a plurality of saved search refinement conditions 231 are displayed in order with saved names.
  • a plurality of refinement search histories 241 are displayed in the form of listing refinement search conditions in order.
  • the learning material user U can use the refinement field 210 to perform a refinement search using an arbitrary refinement search condition.
  • the learning material user U can select one of the options prepared in advance in the various master tables 24 by expanding the pull-down list in each of the select boxes 211 to 214.
  • the teaching material user U selects the selection execution button 215 after selecting with the selection box 211, the selection content in the selection box 211 is transmitted from the user terminal 50 to the learning material sharing server 10 as a filtering search condition.
  • the use processing unit 14 of the learning material sharing server 10 receives the narrowing search condition, the usage processing unit 14 acquires information on learning material content that matches the narrowing search condition from the learning material table 22, and displays a search result screen 300 (see FIG. 6) described later. Create and return to user terminal 50.
  • the use processing unit 14 specifies the designated narrow down.
  • the search condition is stored in the storage refinement condition field of the user table 21 of the user.
  • the saved condition field 230 of the refinement search screen 200 the saved name 231 of the refinement search condition stored in the saved refinement condition field is displayed.
  • the storage order is assigned so that the refined search condition that has been newly saved or executed is higher, and in the saved condition field 230, the storage name 231 of the refinement search condition with the highest storage order is listed in order from the top. indicate.
  • Tag search When the learning material user U indicates one of the tags 221 displayed in the tag field 220, the usage processing unit 14 searches the learning material table 22 for the learning material content to which the specified tag 221 is assigned.
  • the use processing unit 14 stores the refinement search condition as a search history in the search history field of the user table 21 of the user.
  • the search history stored in the search history field of the user table 21 is displayed.
  • the storage order is assigned so that the newly executed winding history becomes higher, and the search history 241 with the highest storage order is displayed in order from the top in the history field 240.
  • FIG. 6 is a diagram showing an example of a search result screen for showing teaching material contents narrowed down by performing a search.
  • the use processing unit 14 executes a search for the educational material table 22 of the database 20, and the search result screen 300 is provided with a search result field 310.
  • the search result field 310 the number 311 of teaching material contents that match the search conditions and a panel 312 of teaching material contents are displayed.
  • the search result field 310 is also provided with a development instruction button 313 for further viewing the teaching material content that could not be displayed in the search result field 310.
  • Keyword search The screens 100, 200, and 300 are provided with a keyword input field 113 and a search instruction button 114 for keyword search.
  • the keyword is transmitted from the user terminal 50 to the learning material sharing server 10, and the use of the learning material sharing server 10 is performed.
  • the processing unit 14 searches the learning material table 22 using this keyword, and extracts learning material content including the keyword.
  • the use processing unit 14 also extracts teaching material contents including words having a meaning similar to the input words at the time of keyword search. For example, if the Chinese numeral “1” is input, the teaching material content including the Roman numeral “1” is also extracted, and if the katakana “beer” is input, the teaching material content including the English “Beer” is extracted. Also extract.
  • the input text is appropriately transmitted from the user terminal 50 to the learning material sharing server 10 even before the search instruction button 114 is specified.
  • the received processing unit 14 searches the teaching material table every time a new text is received, and returns to the user terminal 50 the keyword candidates that are frequently searched and the user name and tag that are assumed from the input characters as needed. In the user terminal 50, they are displayed as keyword candidates. Thereby, the input work of the teaching material user U is reduced, and the search quality is supported.
  • the use processing unit 14 of the learning material sharing server 10 adds the user ID of the learning material user U to the browsing field of the learning material table of the learning material content for which browsing is instructed, and the number of browsing in the browsing number field. Count up.
  • FIG. 7 is a diagram showing an example of a browsing screen.
  • the browsing screen 400 information stored in the learning material table 22 is displayed.
  • the browsing screen 400 shows the school classification 401, the grade 402, the subject 403, the unit 404, and the teaching material title 405 targeted by the teaching material content as basic information of the teaching material content.
  • the browsing number 406, the downloading number 407, and the favorable evaluation number 408 are shown.
  • a contributor field 409 indicating a contributor of the teaching material content is provided.
  • a face 410 and a nickname 411 are displayed.
  • the poster field 409 is further provided with an instruction button 412 for becoming a fan of the poster.
  • the browsing screen 400 is provided with an attached file display unit 413 for displaying the contents of the attached file of the teaching material content. If there are multiple attachments, they are displayed in order.
  • the attached file display unit 413 when the attached file is an image file, the image file is displayed as it is.
  • the attached file is a moving image file, a still image of the representative scene and a playback button are displayed.
  • the attached file is an audio file, a predetermined image indicating a music file and a playback button are displayed.
  • the browsing screen 400 displays the application name (determined from the extension), the file name, or a part thereof as an image. You can do it.
  • the attached file display unit 413 when there is a caption for the attached file, the caption is superimposed and displayed.
  • the browsing screen 400 further includes a print instruction button 414 for printing the displayed teaching material content, a batch download button 415 for downloading the attached files to the user terminal 50 in batch, and the displayed teaching material content.
  • Teaching material content storage button 416 for storing the content for self-use
  • attached file storage button 417 for storing only the attached file for self-use
  • a button 418 is provided.
  • the browsing screen 400 displays how to use the material 419. Furthermore, the viewing screen 400 is provided with a comment field 420. In the comment column 420, other user's comments 421 on the educational material content are displayed together with the other user's face 422 and nickname 423.
  • the comment 421 includes an evaluation button 424 for the teaching material user U to evaluate the comment as a reference, and conversely, a notification button 425 for reporting to the administrator terminal 30 that there is a problem with the comment. Is provided.
  • the comment column 420 is provided with a comment entry box 425 for posting a comment by the learning material user U himself and a send button 427 for sending the comment input in the comment entry box 426. Note that when “do not request an opinion” is selected as the necessity of an opinion to be described later at the time of posting (see FIG. 9), the comment field 420 is not included in the browsing screen 400.
  • teaching material content browsing screen 400 may include a teaching material content recommendation related to the teaching material content.
  • the recommended teaching material content may be teaching material content closest to the browsing teaching material content or teaching material content that is close to the browsing teaching material content and highly evaluated, and may be one or more.
  • the teaching material user U can become a fan of the poster of the teaching material content by instructing the instruction button 412.
  • the instruction button 412 When the instruction button 412 is instructed, an instruction to that effect is transmitted from the user terminal 50 to the learning material sharing server 10.
  • the user management unit 12 of the learning material sharing server 10 adds the user ID of the learning material poster P of the learning material content to the “being a fan” field of the user table 21 of the learning material user U, In addition, the user ID of the learning material user U is added to the field “I am a fan” of the user table 21 of the learning material poster P.
  • Print output When the print instruction button 414 is instructed, the instruction is transmitted as a use request from the user terminal 50 to the learning material sharing server 10, and the use processing unit 14 of the learning material sharing server 10 prints and uses the displayed learning material content. Is created and provided to the user terminal 50. Further, the use processing unit 14 adds the user ID of the learning material user U to the downloader field of the learning material table 22 of the learning material content, and counts up the number of downloads in the download number field.
  • the document data for printing is generated by arranging only the contents necessary for actual use in a class or the like out of the contents of the browsing screen 400.
  • the usage processing unit 14 arranges the school division 401, the grade 402, the subject 403, the unit 404, the teaching material category 405, and the material usage 419 described below within a predetermined size, and is attached. If there are a plurality of files, the document data for printing is created by expanding and arranging them.
  • the user terminal 50 Upon receiving this print document data, the user terminal 50 activates the printer driver and passes the print document data to the printer driver.
  • the teaching material user U can print (print) the document data for printing by giving a print instruction to the printer driver.
  • the learning material user U can also save the printing document data transmitted from the learning material sharing server 10 to the user terminal 50 in the user terminal 50.
  • evaluation button 418 When the evaluation button 418 is instructed, an instruction to that effect is transmitted from the user terminal 50 to the educational material sharing server 10, and the usage processing unit 14 of the educational material sharing server 10 stores the educational material in the favorable evaluation person field of the educational material table 22 of the educational material content.
  • the user ID of the user U is added, and the favorable evaluation number field is counted up.
  • Teaching material user U can further evaluate and report other people's comments.
  • the instruction is transmitted from the user terminal 50 to the learning material sharing server 10.
  • the use processing unit 14 of the learning material sharing server 10 counts up the number of favorable evaluations in the comment evaluation number field of the learning material content learning material table 22.
  • the instruction report
  • the server control unit 11 of the learning material sharing server 10 notifies the administrator terminal 30 that there has been a report for the comment. The administrator A receives this notification, confirms the comment, and can delete the comment as necessary.
  • a similar reporting function may be provided for each teaching material content and each group described later. That is, a notification button having the same function as the notification button 424 may be provided on the teaching material content browsing screen 400 (see FIG. 7) or the group screen 900 (see FIG. 18).
  • (Post) 8 and 9 are diagrams illustrating examples of a posting screen 500 provided to the poster terminal 40 from the learning material sharing server 10 by instructing the posting button 106 on the home screen 100.
  • the posting screen of FIG. 8 and the posting screen of FIG. 9 are connected, and can be continuously viewed by scrolling the scroll bar on the poster terminal 40.
  • the posting screen 500 is provided with various buttons 501 to 503 and a drop box 504 for uploading attached files.
  • the folder selection button 501 for selecting an attached file from a folder a window for selecting an arbitrary folder on the poster terminal 40 is launched, and the educational material poster P selects an arbitrary folder.
  • the file is uploaded from the poster terminal 40 to the learning material sharing server 10, and the posting processing unit 13 attaches the file to the learning material content.
  • the instruction is transmitted from the poster terminal 40 to the educational material sharing server 10.
  • the posting processing unit 13 of the learning material sharing server 10 refers to the storage attached file field of the user table 21 of the learning material poster P, and posts the list of attached files stored in the storage box of the learning material poster P. Return to terminal 40. When this list is displayed on the poster terminal 40 and one of the lists is selected, the posting processing unit 13 attaches the file to the teaching material content.
  • the camera attached to the poster terminal 40 is activated.
  • the educational material poster P operates the camera to take a picture and selects an image generated thereby, the image file is uploaded from the poster terminal 40 to the educational material sharing server 10, and the post processing unit 13 Attach the file to.
  • the file is uploaded from the poster terminal 40 to the educational material sharing server 10, and the post processing unit 13 applies the educational content to the educational material content. Attach a file.
  • the image of the file attached to the teaching material content is displayed on the attached file display unit 505 together with the file name.
  • the original post of the attachment file is attached to the file together with a circled “C” mark (mark indicating copyright ownership).
  • the person's nickname is superimposed on the image showing the attached file.
  • Each attached file display section 505 is provided with an edit button 506 for editing an attached file and a caption box 507 for inputting a caption to be added to the attached file.
  • an edit button 506 for editing an attached file
  • a caption box 507 for inputting a caption to be added to the attached file.
  • the posting screen 500 is provided with a title input box 508.
  • the educational material poster P can input the title of the educational material content in the title input box 508.
  • the posting screen 500 is provided with a usage entry box 509 for entering how to use the material.
  • the educational material poster P enters the usage of the attached file, the lesson plan, the explanation of the attached file, etc. in this usage entry box 509.
  • an inquiry button 510 is provided near the usage entry box 509. How to use the question button 510 will be described later.
  • the posting screen 500 is further provided with select boxes 511 to 515 for selecting the school division, grade, subject, unit, and teaching material category of the teaching material content targeted by the teaching material content to be posted.
  • the educational material poster P can select one of the options prepared in advance in the various master tables 24 by expanding the pull-down list in each of the select boxes 511 to 515.
  • the posting screen 500 further includes a radio button 516 for selecting whether the teaching material content is to be disclosed or not, a plurality of types of tag buttons 517 prepared in advance in various master tables 24, and other users for the teaching material content.
  • a radio button 518 is provided for selecting whether or not to request an opinion.
  • the learning material content is uploaded, the comment necessity flag in the comment necessity field of the learning material content is determined according to the selection of the radio button 518.
  • the tag button 517 is selected, the color of the button changes so that it can be seen that it is being selected.
  • an attribute “region” related to the educational material content may be specified.
  • FIG. 10 is a flowchart of the upload process started when the educational material poster P instructs one of the post button 519 and the storage button 520.
  • the educational material poster P instructs the posting button 519 (“post” in step S101)
  • public / private designation information is transmitted from the poster terminal 40 to the educational material sharing server 10 together with the instruction.
  • the posting processing unit 13 of the learning material sharing server 10 receives this instruction and “public” is designated (“public” in step S102)
  • the post processing unit 13 is used to alert the copyright and portrait rights.
  • the pop-up is returned to the poster terminal 40, and the alert pop-up is displayed on the poster terminal 40 (step S103).
  • FIG. 11 is a diagram showing an example of the alert pop-up 521 displayed on the posting screen 500.
  • the alert pop-up 521 includes a message 522 that allows the educational material poster P to confirm whether there is a copyright or portrait right problem in the posted content, and a button 523 for the educational material poster P to indicate that there is no problem.
  • a button 524 is provided for presenting information about the educational material contributor P when he / she is concerned about the existence of a copyright or portrait right problem.
  • the instruction is transmitted from the poster terminal 40 to the learning material sharing server 10.
  • the learning material sharing server 10 replies to the poster terminal 40 with content for learning general knowledge about copyright and portrait rights prepared in advance.
  • This content may be in text format or video format.
  • the alert pop-up 521 further includes a question (Q) 525 randomly extracted from Q & A prepared in advance for copyright and portrait rights. If the educational material poster P has no knowledge of copyright or portrait rights, even if there is a problem with copyright or portrait rights in the posted content, there may be no recognition that it can be a problem. Therefore, in the present embodiment, a specific case in which the copyright or portrait right may be a problem is presented in the alert pop-up 521 so as to alert the educational material poster P. For this question 525, a link for viewing the answer of the question is also prepared so that the teaching material poster P can easily access the answer (A).
  • the posting processing unit 13 of the learning material sharing server 10 writes the information transmitted from the poster terminal 40 into the learning material table.
  • the teaching material status is set to “waiting for approval” (step S105).
  • the posting processing unit 13 stores the teaching material content in the teaching material table 22 with the teaching material status set to “unpublished” (step S108).
  • the approval processing unit 17 notifies the administrator terminal 30 of the teaching material content whose teaching material status is “waiting for approval”.
  • the administrator A confirms the learning material content on the administrator terminal 30 and performs an approval operation (YES in step S106)
  • the approval processing unit 17 that has received this updates the learning material status of the learning material content to “public”. (Step S107).
  • step S101 When the save button 520 of the posting screen 500 is instructed (“Save” in step S101), the attached file, the text input in each box, the selected school division, etc. are attached and input on the posting screen 500
  • the selected information is transmitted (uploaded) from the poster terminal 40 to the learning material sharing server 10, and this learning material content is stored in the learning material table 22 by the posting processing unit 13 with the learning material status “self-use” (step S 109). ).
  • FIG. 12 is a diagram illustrating editing of an attached image file.
  • the image file 5051 in FIG. 12 shows the face of the student. If this image file is uploaded without the permission of the person in question, there may be a problem of portrait rights. Therefore, it is necessary to edit part of the image file (face portion).
  • the editing application of the present embodiment has a function of blurring a part of an image and a function of superimposing a stamp on a part of the image.
  • the educational material poster P selects any one of a plurality of types of blurs 5052 having different shapes
  • the range of the shape is blurred on the image
  • the educational material poster P determines the position of the blurred range in the image.
  • the vertical and horizontal sizes can be arbitrarily adjusted.
  • the educational material poster P selects any one of a plurality of types of stamps 5053 having different shapes
  • the stamp is superimposed on the image
  • the educational material poster P determines the position of the stamp in the image and the vertical and horizontal sizes. Can be adjusted arbitrarily. Multiple blurs and stamps can be set in the image. In this way, masked images 5054 and 5055 in which blurs and stamps are added to the images are generated.
  • the editing application determines the generated masked images 5054 and 5055 (ends editing).
  • the editing application cancels editing and restores the image.
  • the educational material poster P can add a caption to the attached file.
  • a caption regarding an attached file is entered as text in a caption box 507 shown in FIG. 8 and a post button to be described later is designated, the input caption is transmitted from the poster terminal 40 to the learning material sharing server 10.
  • the posting processing unit 13 of the learning material sharing server 10 adds the received caption to the caption field of the learning material table 23 of the learning material content.
  • FIG. 13 is a diagram for explaining an operation when browsing an attached file with a caption.
  • the caption is displayed superimposed on the attached file, but the whole text of the text entered as the caption is not displayed, only the text of the specified number of characters at the beginning is displayed, and the subsequent ⁇ Read more '' Is displayed with an underline (the upper part of FIG. 13).
  • "Read more” is instructed, the entire caption text is displayed superimposed on the attached file (lower part of FIG. 13).
  • FIG. 14 is a diagram for explaining the specification of the question location.
  • the marking may be, for example, shaded or underlined.
  • a place “Let's do the same thing in three stages” is designated as the question place.
  • a contributor's face 410 and a nickname 411 are displayed on the browsing screen 200 (see FIG. 7).
  • the user terminal 50 transmits the instruction to the learning material sharing server 10.
  • the user management unit 12 of the learning material sharing server 10 reads the instructed user information from the user table 21 and provides a user information screen to the user terminal 50.
  • FIG. 15 is a diagram showing an example of a user information screen.
  • the user information screen 600 displays the user's face 601, nickname 602, teacher period 603, prefecture 604, affiliation (school name) 605, and title 606.
  • the user management unit 12 obtains such information with reference to the user table 21 of the user.
  • the user information screen 600 further displays a school year 607.
  • the user management unit 12 specifies the grade ID stored in the user table 21 of the user and obtains the grade 607 by specifying the grade corresponding to the relevant grade ID with reference to the grade master.
  • a button 608 for becoming a fan of the user is displayed on the user information screen 600.
  • the function of this button 608 is the same as the function of the button 412 on the browsing screen 400.
  • the user information screen 600 further includes the number 609 of the user who is a fan, the number 610 of other users who are the fan of the user, the total number 611 of favorable evaluations for the teaching material content posted by the user, the user The total number of favorable evaluations 612 in the last 30 days for the teaching material content posted by the user, the total number 613 of the teaching material content posted by the user, the total number of times the learning material content posted by the user has been viewed 614, and the teaching material content posted by the user The most frequent subjects 615 and the most recent date when the user posted the teaching material content are displayed.
  • the user management unit 12 obtains such information by referring to the corresponding field of the user table 21. For the subject 615, the user management unit 12 refers to the subject master and displays the subject name corresponding to the subject ID stored in the user table 21.
  • the school category 617, the grade 618, the subject 619, the unit 620, the title 621, the number of views 622, the number of downloads 623, the number of favorable evaluations 624, and the thumbnail 625 of the attached file are further displayed on the user information screen 600. Is displayed.
  • the user management unit 12 searches the learning material table 22 for the learning material content corresponding to the learning material ID stored in the most practiced learning material field of the user table 21 of the user. Get from the corresponding field.
  • a school category 626, a grade 627, a subject 628, a unit 629, a title 630, a view number 631, a download number 632, a favorable evaluation number 633, and an attached file thumbnail 634 are displayed. Is done.
  • the user management unit 12 searches the learning material table 22 for the learning material content corresponding to the learning material ID stored in the recent recommended learning material field of the user table 21 of the user, and corresponds to the corresponding learning material table 22. Get from field.
  • the user information screen 600 further includes an award 635.
  • the award 635 is represented by a badge image, the badge shape reflects the quantity award, the badge color reflects the evaluation award, and the characters in the badge indicate the subject to which the award is given. .
  • the statistical processing unit 16 determines an award by referring to the award field of the user table 21.
  • the user information screen 600 is further provided with a message button 636 for sending a message to the user.
  • a message button 636 for sending a message to the user.
  • a message entry screen rises, and a message can be sent to the user by inputting the message text on the screen and instructing transmission.
  • the user information screen 600 may display teaching material contents or attached files (collection) created by the user or other users stored in the storage box by the user.
  • a button for displaying them is provided, and when this button is instructed, a list of the teaching material contents or attached files (collection) stored in the storage box by the user is displayed. Also good.
  • a plurality of collections may be generated for each theme for one user. Accordingly, each user can share his / her collection with other users, and other users can efficiently acquire educational material contents or attached files organized by theme.
  • the user can become a fan of another user by instructing the button 412 on the browsing screen 400 (see FIG. 7) or the button 608 on the user information screen 600 (see FIG. 15).
  • the user can easily access content posted by the other user, and can easily know that the other user has posted new content. .
  • the instruction is transmitted from the terminal to the teaching material sharing server 10.
  • the AC processing unit 15 of the learning material sharing server 10 refers to the field of the user table 21 that is a fan of the user, and lists the users having the user IDs listed there. Create a fan list and return it to the terminal.
  • a screen showing a list of other users who are fans of the user is displayed. In the list, other users who are fans are displayed with their faces and nicknames.
  • Each user can send and receive messages to and from other users.
  • a folder for messages is provided for each user.
  • Each user's folder further includes a reception folder and a transmission folder. Messages received from other users are stored in the reception folder, and messages transmitted to other users are stored in the transmission folder.
  • the user can access his / her reception folder and transmission folder by instructing the message button 112 on the home screen 100 (see FIG. 3).
  • a message can be sent to the other user by instructing the message button 636 on the user information screen 600.
  • an image can also be sent.
  • chat by real-time video / audio transmission / reception is also possible.
  • the target of the chat can be not only one specific person but also a plurality of persons.
  • the user can save the teaching material contents of other users and the attached files included therein in his / her storage box.
  • the file storage unit 25 is provided with a storage box for each user.
  • the user instructs the storage box button 107 on the home screen 100 (see FIG. 3)
  • the teaching material contents and attached files stored in his / her storage box are displayed on the terminal on the panel.
  • FIG. 16 is a diagram showing an example of a teaching material content panel stored in a storage box.
  • the panel 700 displays a teaching material content title 702 and a teaching material status 703 together with a thumbnail 701 of the teaching material content.
  • the panel 700 is provided with an edit button 704.
  • the instruction is transmitted from the terminal to the learning material sharing server 10.
  • the posting processing unit 13 of the learning material sharing server 10 provides the terminal with an editing screen similar to the posting screen 500 shown in FIGS.
  • an attachment file of the teaching material content of another user stored in the storage box is attached, text is input, and selection is made.
  • the user can edit the teaching material content of another user so that the user can easily use the teaching material content.
  • the panel of the attached file of another user stored in the storage box has the same panel configuration as that of FIG.
  • the attached file is displayed as a thumbnail 701
  • a content creation button is provided instead of the edit button 704.
  • the user can create new teaching material content using an attached file of another user.
  • the instruction is transmitted from the terminal to the learning material sharing server 10.
  • the posting processing unit 13 of the learning material sharing server 10 provides the posting screen 500 shown in FIGS. 8 and 9 to the terminal.
  • the post screen 500 is already attached with an attachment file of another user stored in the storage box as an attachment file. That is, the posting screen 500 at this time is in the same state as the state in which the storage box selection button 502 is instructed and the file is selected from the storage box and attached in the posting process described above.
  • the nickname of the other user who created the attached file is superimposed and displayed together with the circled letter “C”.
  • each user can arbitrarily select teaching material contents in his / her storage box to form a collection group.
  • the selected teaching material contents are grouped as a collection group.
  • Each user can create a plurality of types of collection groups.
  • Each collection group is given a collection group name designated by the user. With this function, each user can bundle and manage the teaching material content selected by the user.
  • Each user's collection may be set to be viewable or not viewable by other users.
  • (Create group) Users can create groups with other users.
  • the instruction is transmitted from the terminal to the learning material sharing server 10.
  • the AC processing unit 15 of the learning material sharing server 10 refers to the belonging group field of the user table 21 of the user, generates a group list screen showing a list of groups including the user's belonging group, and returns the group list screen to the terminal.
  • FIG. 17 is a diagram showing an example of the group list screen.
  • the belonging group list screen 800 is provided with a group display field 801 classified by tabs. When each tab is indicated, a corresponding group of categories is displayed on the panel. By selecting the belonging group tab, the group to which the user belongs is displayed on the panel. The list of groups to which the user belongs is displayed on the panel.
  • the group list screen 800 is provided with a group creation button 802 for creating a new group.
  • a group creation screen (not shown) is displayed on the user terminal, and the user creates a new group by designating the group name and the public status on the group creation screen. Can do.
  • a user who belongs to a group can post activity contents in the group to which the user belongs.
  • the instruction is transmitted from the terminal to the learning material sharing server 10.
  • the AC processing unit 15 of the learning material sharing server 10 extracts the instructed group from the group table 23, generates a group screen, and provides it to the terminal.
  • FIG. 18 is a diagram showing an example of the group screen.
  • a group name 901 is displayed on the group screen 900.
  • the group screen 900 displays the faces 902 and nicknames 903 of the participants participating in (belonging to) the group.
  • the group screen 900 displays a panel 904 indicating a group activity record, a panel 905 indicating a lesson plan created in the group, and a group schedule 906.
  • the group screen 900 is provided with a group setting button 907 for setting a group, and an activity record posting button 908 for newly posting an activity record is provided at a display location of the activity record, and a lesson plan. Is displayed with a lesson plan posting button 909 for newly posting a lesson plan.
  • a user who is a participant in the group can change the group settings (group name, disclosure status, etc.) by instructing the group setting button 907, and newly by instructing the activity record posting button 908.
  • An activity record can be posted, and a lesson plan can be newly posted by instructing a lesson plan posting button 909.
  • This lesson plan has the same configuration as the teaching material content, and can be posted as the teaching material content after it is created. That is, when the lesson plan new posting button 909 is instructed, the posting screen 500 shown in FIGS. 8 and 9 is displayed, and a lesson plan as teaching material content can be created on the posting screen 500.
  • the teaching material content is stored in the group storage box.
  • the lesson plan stored in the storage box is displayed on the group screen 900 as a lesson plan panel.
  • the teaching material content being created is presented to the other participant in the form of a posting screen 500.
  • the other participants can add and edit the educational material content using the posting screen 500.
  • a lesson plan created in a group is a kind of teaching material content, but it can be edited by a group participant, so that one teaching material content (lesson plan) can be shared by multiple participants in the group. Can be created jointly by one person.
  • this lesson plan is posted as a teaching material content under the group name.
  • the group screen 900 is provided with a group schedule 906.
  • the schedule 906 is displayed in a calendar format, and the participant can add a new schedule there by designating a frame of an arbitrary date.
  • each group will have a bulletin board where participants of the group can write.
  • a bulletin board button 908 is provided on the group screen 900. When the bulletin board button 908 is instructed at the terminal, the instruction is transmitted to the learning material sharing server 10, and the AC processing unit 15 returns a screen showing the bulletin board of the corresponding group to the terminal.
  • the user can confirm teaching materials related to himself / herself by instructing the My Page button 109 on the home screen 100 (see FIG. 3).
  • the instruction is transmitted to the learning material sharing server 10.
  • the user management unit 11 of the learning material sharing server provides a My Page screen to the terminal.
  • FIG. 19 shows an example of the My Page screen.
  • teaching materials related to oneself are classified and displayed on a panel.
  • the classification is performed according to the teaching material status added to the teaching material content of the user table 21.
  • the teaching materials related to the user are divided into tabs of “all”, “draft”, “waiting for approval”, “public”, “self-use”, and “material”.
  • a teaching material display field 1001 to be displayed on the panel is provided.
  • all teaching material contents related to the user are displayed.
  • teaching material content that has been created by itself and whose teaching material status is “draft”, that is, teaching material content that is still being created (incomplete) is displayed.
  • the learning material content that is created by itself and whose learning material status is “waiting for approval”, that is, “public” is selected and uploaded to the learning material sharing server 10, but it is still approved.
  • the status of the learning material for which is not obtained is displayed.
  • the “published” tab 1005 displays the educational material content created by itself and whose educational material status is “public”, that is, the educational material content that has already been approved and published.
  • the stored teaching material contents of other users are displayed.
  • an attached file of another user stored by the user is displayed.
  • the statistical processing unit 16 of the learning material sharing server 10 When the statistics button 1008 is instructed at the user's terminal, the instruction is transmitted to the learning material sharing server 10.
  • the statistical processing unit 16 of the learning material sharing server 10 generates a statistical screen and provides it to the user's terminal. On the statistics screen, the number of posts, the number of views, the number of downloads, and the number of favorable evaluations of teaching material content posted by the user are displayed in a time-series graph. Also, what users are interested in their teaching material contents according to the profile information (school division, charge, grade, age, teacher history, region) of the users who have viewed, downloaded, and liked the teaching material content of the user concerned Can be analyzed. The statistical processing unit 16 obtains these pieces of information by performing statistical processing with reference to the user table 21 and the teaching material table 22, and generates a statistical screen.
  • the statistical processing unit 16 has various information on the basis of prefectures for all teaching material contents (number of users, number of posted teaching material contents, number of groups, number of browsing, number of favorable evaluations, teacher age average, teacher history average, etc. ) Is obtained by statistical processing, and a statistical screen for mapping and displaying them on a map of Japan is generated.
  • the statistical processing unit 16 of the learning material sharing server 10 may perform statistics for the administrator. Specifically, the statistical processing unit 16 may be able to create statistical data and a graph indicating changes in the number of registered users, the number of groups, the number of active users (users who have logged in within a predetermined period), and the like. Only the administrator can view this statistical data and graph.
  • the user can specify specific attributes (school division, grade, subject, unit, type of content) and request posting of educational material content by other users.
  • the number of requests is accumulated every time a plurality of users make a request, and is reset when content having the attribute is newly posted or published.
  • the usage processing unit 14 receives a request for teaching material content specifying at least one of school division, grade, subject, unit, and teaching material category from the user terminal 50, and stores this request in the teaching material table. .
  • the usage processing unit 14 generates the teaching material content in the same format as the normal teaching material content (however, there is no information on how to use the attached file or the material) using the designated school division and grade.
  • the teaching material status is stored as “request” in the teaching material table.
  • the request browsing button 521 (see FIG. 9) is instructed on the posting screen 500 of the poster terminal 40, the instruction is transmitted to the teaching material sharing server 10, and the posting processing unit 13 of the teaching material sharing server 10 sends the instruction to the poster terminal 40.
  • a request presentation screen is provided on which a teaching material content whose teaching material status is “request” is displayed on a panel.
  • the posting processing unit 13 presents the request together with the number of requests when there are a plurality of requests having the same school division, grade, subject, and teaching material category. Further, the posting processing unit 13 stops presenting the request when the teaching material content that matches the request is uploaded.
  • the usage processing unit 14 may further have a function of automatically generating a request.
  • the usage processing unit 14 receives a search instruction designating a narrowing condition from the user terminal 50, the usage processing unit 14 stores the narrowing condition as a history in the search history field. At this time, the search score (extracted by search) is stored. If there is a score such as a match rate for the number of selected teaching material contents or the extracted teaching material content, a value indicating the result of the search such as the sum of the scores is stored, and the same narrowing-down conditions are stored.
  • the usage processing unit 14 uses the narrowing-down condition as the content of the request. Generate a request automatically. Thereby, it can be expected that the learning material user who has searched the learning material content many times under the same narrowing conditions can obtain the desired learning material content.
  • the user management unit 12 When a specific event related to the user occurs, the user management unit 12 notifies the terminal of the user by push transmission. Specifically, when there is a positive evaluation or comment on the posted content, when a user who is a fan posts a new educational material, another user becomes a fan. When the teaching material content that matches the filtering condition registered by the user is posted, invited to the group, posted to the group to which the user belongs, or when the schedule is shared, the user management unit 12 Performs push transmission to the terminal of the user. The destination of the push transmission is the mail address specified by the user at the time of registration, but notification may be made on the home screen.
  • the session between the terminal and the learning material sharing server 10 may be maintained and various notifications may be sent by push transmission.
  • an alert display, sound
  • the user can register the educational material content in which the user is interested by designating the school division, grade, subject, and educational material category to the user management unit 12.
  • the user management unit 12 stores the designated school division, grade, subject, and teaching material category in the interested school division field, the interested grade field, the interested subject field, and the interested teaching material category field of the user table 21 of the corresponding user.
  • Recommend (recommend) educational material content that matches the registered school category, grade, subject, etc. to the user.
  • the user management unit 12 makes a recommendation based on the user profile.
  • the user management unit 12 detects a user having a profile similar to his / her age, teacher history, school division, school year, and region registered by the user, and recommends teaching material content posted by the user.
  • the user management unit 12 makes a recommendation based on the popularity of the teaching material content.
  • the popularity of the teaching material content is obtained by counting the number of browsing, downloading, and favorable evaluations of the teaching material content over a certain period, and the user management unit 12 recommends the recently popular teaching material content.
  • the user management unit 12 further makes a recommendation based on the user's action history. Specifically, the user management unit 12 recommends teaching material contents having attributes (school division, grade, subject, teaching material category) that are close to the teaching material content that the user has browsed, downloaded, or favorably evaluated in the past.
  • attributes school division, grade, subject, teaching material category
  • the user management unit 12 further recommends a notable teacher. Specifically, the user management unit 12 selects users who have posted a lot of educational content that they are interested in from among users who have recently been highly evaluated for content (many are highly evaluated) and who are often fans. Recommend.
  • the user management unit 12 further makes recommendations according to the lesson plan.
  • the plan of each user's class is obtained by obtaining the current unit based on the user's school division, grade, subject, and the current date. That is, in the database 20, as a standard lesson plan, the unit of each school division, grade, and subject is stored together with the implementation time, and the user management unit 12 stores the user's school division, grade, and From the units that match the subject, identify the unit whose implementation date matches the current date, and recommend the teaching material content corresponding to the school division, grade, subject, and unit as the teaching material content that the user needs at the present time. To do.
  • the user can customize the above standard lesson plan and create his own lesson plan.
  • the user management unit 12 receives a lesson plan from the user, and identifies a unit whose implementation time matches the current date according to the lesson plan.
  • Each of the above recommendations can be performed by sending an email to the user's email address.
  • notification of a recommendation may be provided on the home screen 100 or the like, and a recommendation tab in the panel display field 115 of the home screen 100 may be provided to display a panel of teaching material contents to be recommended.
  • the approval processing unit 17 releases the learning material content after obtaining approval from the administrator terminal 30, but the approval processing unit 17 automatically You may make it extract the teaching material content which may be copyright infringement.
  • data of a copyrighted work (pictures, photos, sentences (books), etc.) that has already been released is stored in the database 20, and the approval processing unit 17 uploads new teaching material contents.
  • texts and images stored in the database 20 are matched with texts and images included in the uploaded teaching material content, and the similarity (possibility of copyright infringement) is calculated. For this matching, a machine learning technique can be used.
  • the approval processing unit 17 may warn the teaching material poster P, may not approve the teaching material content, or may manage the administrator terminal 30. You may make it notify to that.
  • the administrator A makes the final determination. In this case, the final determination by the administrator A may be learned as learning data in machine learning. Thereby, the accuracy of quantifying the possibility of copyright infringement can be improved.
  • Public In the above embodiment, after the user is registered as a user and the user is authenticated (logged in), the teaching material contents can be posted and viewed, and the teaching material table 22 is provided with a public / private field. Therefore, it is possible to specify whether to open or close each teaching material content. As a result, the teaching material content designated as public is disclosed to the user, and the teaching material content designated as non-disclosure is not disclosed to all other persons. In addition, a public status field is provided for the group so that the group can be designated as public or private. As a result, the group designated as open to the public is disclosed to the user, and the teaching material content designated as non-public is not open to all other persons.
  • a public status of “public to the Internet” may be provided to be disclosed to any person including those who have not registered as a user.
  • the group is open to the group participants only (not open to other users), open to all users, or who is not registered It may be possible to specify whether the information is disclosed to any person including it.
  • a “special feature” may be set up along a specific theme.
  • a special feature tag is prepared as a tag provided in the educational material table 22, and the special feature tag is automatically given to the educational material content posted in the special feature.
  • On the special feature page it is possible to browse and download educational material content posted in the special feature (that is, educational material content to which a special feature tag is attached).
  • On a home screen or the like it may be displayed with a banner or the like that shifts to a special page.
  • the present invention can share teaching material contents between a first terminal (contributor terminal) and a second terminal (user terminal), and effectively teaching materials between users (for example, school teachers). This is useful as a teaching material sharing system for sharing teaching material contents between users.

Landscapes

  • Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Tourism & Hospitality (AREA)
  • Educational Administration (AREA)
  • Educational Technology (AREA)
  • Economics (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Entrepreneurship & Innovation (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Human Resources & Organizations (AREA)
  • Marketing (AREA)
  • Primary Health Care (AREA)
  • Strategic Management (AREA)
  • General Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Electrically Operated Instructional Devices (AREA)
  • Management, Administration, Business Operations System, And Electronic Commerce (AREA)
  • Information Transfer Between Computers (AREA)

Abstract

Provided is a novel system which is capable of sharing teaching materials among users. This teaching material sharing system (1), which is connected to a contributor terminal (40) and a user terminal (50) over a network, is provided with: a contribution processing unit (13) which receives uploads of teaching material content from the contributor terminal (40); a database (20) which stores the teaching material content received by the contribution processing unit (13); and a usage processing unit (14) which receives, from the user terminal (50), a usage request for teaching material content, reads, from the database (20), the teaching material content related to the usage request, and downloads the teaching material content to the user terminal (50).

Description

教材共有システム、教材共有サーバ、教材共有方法Teaching material sharing system, teaching material sharing server, teaching material sharing method 関連する出願Related applications
　本出願では、２０１６年９月２８日に日本国に出願された特許出願番号２０１６－１８９１５２の利益を主張し、 当該出願の内容は引用することによりここに組み込まれているものとする。 This application claims the benefit of Patent Application No. 2016-189152 filed in Japan on September 28, 2016, and the contents of the application are incorporated herein by reference.
　本発明は、ユーザ間で教材コンテンツを共有するための教材共有システム、教材共有サーバ、教材共有方法に関するものである。なお、本願において「教材」とは、教育の用途に用いられる材料をいい、本願における「教育」には各種学校、学習塾における教育のほか、各種の外国語、運動、楽器、美術等の指導も含むものとする。また、「コンテンツ」とは加工可能であるか加工不可能であるかを問わず、主にデジタルコンテンツをいい、例えば画像データ、動画データ、音声データ、各種のアプリケーション用データを含み、さらに、教育用のアプリケーションプログラムも含む。 The present invention relates to a learning material sharing system, a learning material sharing server, and a learning material sharing method for sharing learning material contents between users. In this application, "learning material" refers to materials used for educational purposes. In this application, "education" includes instruction in various schools, cram schools, as well as various foreign languages, exercises, musical instruments, art, etc. Shall also be included. “Content” refers mainly to digital content, regardless of whether it can be processed or not, and includes, for example, image data, moving image data, audio data, data for various applications, and education. Application programs for
　従来、教育に用いられる教材コンテンツを提供する教材提供サーバが知られている（例えば、特開２０１５－１８１５９号公報）。この教材提供サーバによれば、授業で使用する教材コンテンツの選択を容易にし、教材授業中に容易に教材コンテンツを活用することができる。 Conventionally, a teaching material providing server that provides teaching material contents used for education is known (for example, JP-A-2015-18159). According to the teaching material providing server, it is possible to easily select teaching material contents to be used in a class and to easily use the teaching material contents during the teaching material class.
　本発明は、ユーザどうしで教材を共有できる新規なシステム、サーバ、方法を提供することを目的とする。 An object of the present invention is to provide a new system, server, and method capable of sharing teaching materials between users.
　本発明の第１の態様の教材共有システムは、第１の端末及び第２の端末とネットワークを介して接続される教材共有サーバを含む教材共有システムであって、前記第１の端末から教材コンテンツのアップロードを受け付ける投稿処理部と、前記投稿処理部にて受け付けた教材コンテンツを記憶する教材記憶部と、前記第２の端末からの教材コンテンツの利用要求を受け付け、前記利用要求に係る教材コンテンツを前記教材記憶部から読み出して当該第２の端末にダウンロードする利用処理部とを備えた構成を有する。 A learning material sharing system according to a first aspect of the present invention is a learning material sharing system including a learning material sharing server connected to a first terminal and a second terminal via a network. A post processing unit that accepts uploading, a teaching material storage unit that stores the teaching material content received by the post processing unit, a usage request for the teaching material content from the second terminal, and a learning material content related to the usage request. A usage processing unit that reads from the learning material storage unit and downloads it to the second terminal.
　この構成により、第１の端末と第２の端末との間で教材コンテンツを共有することができ、端末を利用する教材の利用者（例えば、学校の教員）の間において有効に教材を共有できる。 With this configuration, the teaching material contents can be shared between the first terminal and the second terminal, and the teaching materials can be effectively shared among the users of the teaching materials using the terminal (for example, school teachers). .
　本発明の第２の態様の教材共有システムは、ユーザの情報を受け付けてユーザの登録を行うユーザ管理部と、前記ユーザ管理部で受け付けた前記ユーザの情報を記憶するユーザ記憶部とをさらに備え、前記ユーザ管理部は、前記第１の端末及び前記第２の端末に対して、前記ユーザ記憶部に記憶されたユーザの情報に基づいてユーザの認証を行い、前記投稿処理部は、前記ユーザ管理部にてユーザの認証がされた前記第１の端末について当該ユーザの情報と関連付けて前記アップロードを受け付け、前記利用処理部は、前記ユーザ管理部にてユーザの認証がされた前記第２の端末に対して、当該ユーザの情報と関連付けて前記ダウンロードを行う、第１の態様の教材共有システムである。 The teaching material sharing system according to the second aspect of the present invention further includes a user management unit that receives user information and registers the user, and a user storage unit that stores the user information received by the user management unit. The user management unit authenticates the user based on the user information stored in the user storage unit with respect to the first terminal and the second terminal, and the post processing unit includes the user The upload is received in association with the user information for the first terminal for which the user has been authenticated by the management unit, and the usage processing unit receives the second user whose user has been authenticated by the user management unit A learning material sharing system according to a first aspect, wherein the download is performed in association with user information on a terminal.
　この構成により、登録されたユーザに対して処理を行うことができる。 With this configuration, it is possible to perform processing for registered users.
　本発明の第３の態様の教材共有システムは、前記投稿処理部が、アップロードをされた前記教材コンテンツに対して編集を行い、前記教材記憶部が、編集後の教材コンテンツを記憶する、第１又は第２の態様の教材共有システムである。 In the teaching material sharing system according to the third aspect of the present invention, the posting processing unit edits the uploaded teaching material content, and the teaching material storage unit stores the edited teaching material content. Alternatively, the teaching material sharing system according to the second aspect.
　この構成により、第１の端末の利用者は、教材共有システムで共有可能にする前に編集を行う必要がある教材コンテンツについて、編集をした上で記憶して、共有に供することができる。 With this configuration, the user of the first terminal can edit and store the teaching material content that needs to be edited before it can be shared by the teaching material sharing system and share it.
　本発明の第４の態様の教材共有システムは、前記投稿処理部が、前記第１の端末からの指示に基づいて前記編集を行う、第３の態様の教材共有システムである。 The learning material sharing system according to the fourth aspect of the present invention is the learning material sharing system according to the third aspect, in which the post processing unit performs the editing based on an instruction from the first terminal.
　この構成により、第１の端末の利用者（教材投稿者）は、共有に供する教材コンテンツを任意に編集することができる。 With this configuration, the user of the first terminal (the educational material contributor) can arbitrarily edit the educational material content provided for sharing.
　本発明の第５の態様の教材共有システムは、前記編集が、前記教材コンテンツの一部をマスクする編集である、第３又は第４の態様の教材共有システムである。 The learning material sharing system according to the fifth aspect of the present invention is the learning material sharing system according to the third or fourth aspect, wherein the editing is an editing that masks a part of the learning material content.
　この構成により、教材コンテンツの一部に公開をするのに相応しくない内容が含まれる場合に、その内容を隠して公開することができる。 With this configuration, when contents that are not suitable for publishing are included in a part of the teaching material contents, the contents can be hidden and disclosed.
　本発明の第６の態様の教材共有システムは、前記教材コンテンツが、画像を含み、前記編集は前記画像の一部をマスクする編集である、第５の態様の教材共有システムである。 The learning material sharing system according to the sixth aspect of the present invention is the learning material sharing system according to the fifth aspect, wherein the learning material content includes an image, and the editing is an editing that masks a part of the image.
　この構成により、画像の一部に個人情報が含まれ、あるいは他人の著作権や肖像権を侵害する内容がある場合に、その部分をマスクしつつ、共有すべき教材としての利用価値を減じないように編集することが可能となる。 With this configuration, if some of the images contain personal information, or if there is content that infringes on the copyright or portrait rights of others, this value is masked and the utility value as a teaching material to be shared is not reduced. It becomes possible to edit as follows.
　本発明の第７の態様の教材共有システムは、前記教材コンテンツが、動画を含み、前記編集は前記動画の一部の映像及び／又は音声をマスクする編集である、第５の態様の教材共有システムである。 The learning material sharing system according to a seventh aspect of the present invention is the learning material sharing system according to the fifth aspect, wherein the learning material content includes a moving image, and the editing is an editing that masks a part of video and / or audio of the moving image. System.
　この構成により、動画の一部に個人情報が含まれ、あるいは他人の著作権や肖像権を侵害する内容がある場合に、その部分をマスクしつつ、共有すべき教材としての利用価値を減じないように編集することが可能となる。 With this configuration, when personal information is included in a part of the video or there is content that infringes on the copyright or portrait rights of others, the value of use as a teaching material to be shared is not reduced while masking that part. It becomes possible to edit as follows.
　本発明の第８の態様の教材共有システムは、前記投稿処理部が、前記第１の端末から教材コンテンツのアップロードを受け付ける際に、他人の著作権及び／又は肖像権の侵害について注意喚起するメッセージ、前記第１の端末の利用者が著作権及び／又は肖像権について理解するためのコンテンツにアクセスするためのアクセス手段、及びアップロードの実行を指示するための投稿指示手段を含むポップアップを前記第１の端末に提示する、第１ないし第７のいずれかの態様の教材共有システムである。 In the educational material sharing system according to the eighth aspect of the present invention, the post processing unit alerts the infringement of the copyright and / or portrait right of another person when receiving the upload of the educational material content from the first terminal. A pop-up including access means for accessing content for allowing the user of the first terminal to understand copyright and / or portrait rights, and posting instruction means for instructing execution of the upload. This is a teaching material sharing system according to any one of the first to seventh aspects presented to the terminal.
　投稿者からアップロードされる教材コンテンツには、他人の著作権や肖像権を侵害するものも含まれる可能性がある。例えば、教材コンテンツとして、市販の教科書のスキャンデータがアップロードされる場合は、当該教科書の著作者の著作権を侵害する可能性があり、教材コンテンツとして、生徒の顔が映り込んでいる画像データがアップロードされる場合は、当該生徒の肖像権を侵害する可能性がある。ただし、これらの場合にも権利者の許可を得ている等の場合には権利侵害とはならないこともある。したがって、教材コンテンツ自体からは著作権や肖像権の侵害の可能性を判定することは困難であり、その可能性は投稿者自身が判断しなければならないものである。一方で、投稿者の中には著作権や肖像権に関する法律に明るくない者もいる。そこで、投稿者に対しては、注意喚起をするとともに、著作権や肖像権について学びたい投稿者にそのためのコンテンツを提供し、最終的には自己の判断でアップロードの実行を指示してもらう構成とした。これにより、投稿者が教材コンテンツをアップロードすることによって他人の著作権や肖像権を侵害してしまう可能性を低減できる。 The educational material content uploaded from contributors may include infringements of copyrights and portrait rights of others. For example, when scan data of a commercial textbook is uploaded as educational material content, there is a possibility of infringing the copyright of the author of the textbook, and image data that reflects the student's face is included as educational material content. If uploaded, the student's portrait rights may be infringed. However, even in these cases, it may not be infringed if the permission of the right holder is obtained. Therefore, it is difficult to determine the possibility of infringement of copyright and portrait right from the teaching material content itself, and this possibility must be determined by the contributor himself. On the other hand, some contributors are not upbeat about the copyright and portrait rights laws. Therefore, the contributors are alerted to the contributors who want to learn about copyrights and portrait rights, and the contributors are asked to execute uploads at their own discretion. It was. Thereby, it is possible to reduce the possibility that the uploader uploads the teaching material content and infringes the copyright and portrait right of others.
　本発明の第９の態様の教材共有システムは、前記投稿処理部が、前記教材コンテンツについて、前記第１の端末から学校区分、学年、科目、単元、及びコンテンツの種類の少なくともいずれかの指定を受け、前記教材記憶部は、前記教材コンテンツを、前記第１の端末から指定を受けた学校区分、学年、科目、単元、及びコンテンツの種類と関連付けて記憶し、前記利用処理部は、前記第２の端末から、学校区分、学年、科目、単元、及びコンテンツの種類の少なくともいずれかを含む絞り込み条件を受け付けて、前記前記絞り込み条件に合致する学校区分、学年、科目、単元、及びコンテンツの種類が関連付けられた前記教材コンテンツを当該第２の端末に提示する、第２の態様の教材共有システムである。 In the teaching material sharing system according to the ninth aspect of the present invention, the posting processing unit specifies at least one of school division, grade, subject, unit, and content type from the first terminal for the teaching material content. The learning material storage unit stores the learning material content in association with the school classification, grade, subject, unit, and content type designated by the first terminal, and the usage processing unit stores the first content. Accepting a narrowing condition including at least one of school division, grade, subject, unit, and content type from the terminal of 2, and the school division, grade, subject, unit, and content type that match the narrowing condition A teaching material sharing system according to a second aspect, in which the teaching material content associated with is presented to the second terminal.
　この構成により、第２の端末の利用者（教材利用者）は、学校区分、学年、科目、単元、及び／又はコンテンツの種類を指定して、必要な教材コンテンツを絞り込むことができる。 With this configuration, the user of the second terminal (teaching material user) can specify the school division, grade, subject, unit, and / or content type and narrow down the necessary teaching material content.
　本発明の第１０の態様の教材共有システムは、前記第１の端末から受け付けた前記絞り込み条件を、ユーザの情報に関連付けて記憶する絞り込み条件記憶部をさらに備え、前記利用処理部は、前記ユーザ管理部にて認証されたユーザに関連付けられた絞り込み条件を前記絞り込み条件記憶部から読み出して前記第１の端末に提示する、第９の態様の教材共有システムである。 The teaching material sharing system according to a tenth aspect of the present invention further includes a narrowing condition storage unit that stores the narrowing condition received from the first terminal in association with user information, and the usage processing unit includes the user It is a teaching material sharing system according to a ninth aspect, in which a narrowing condition associated with a user authenticated by a management unit is read from the narrowing condition storage unit and presented to the first terminal.
　第１の端末の利用者（教材利用者）は、典型的には学校の先生であり、学校区分（小学校、中学校、高校）等は頻繁には変更されないことが想定される。そうすると、絞り込み条件も毎回利用するごとに同じであることが想定される。よって、この構成により、必要とする教材コンテンツを容易に絞り込むことができる。 The user (teacher user) of the first terminal is typically a school teacher, and it is assumed that the school division (elementary school, junior high school, high school) etc. is not changed frequently. Then, it is assumed that the narrowing-down condition is the same every time it is used. Therefore, with this configuration, necessary educational material content can be easily narrowed down.
　本発明の第１１の態様の教材共有システムは、前記利用処理部が、前記絞り込み条件を受け付けて前記教材コンテンツの絞り込みを行ったときに、当該絞り込み条件の履歴を、認証されたユーザに関連付けて前記絞り込み条件記憶部に記憶させ、当該ユーザによる後の絞り込みの際に前記絞り込み条件記憶部から前記履歴を読み出して前記第１の端末に提示する、第１０の態様の教材共有システムである。 In the teaching material sharing system according to an eleventh aspect of the present invention, when the use processing unit receives the narrowing condition and narrows down the learning material content, the history of the narrowing condition is associated with the authenticated user. The learning material sharing system according to a tenth aspect, which is stored in the refinement condition storage unit, reads out the history from the refinement condition storage unit and presents the history to the first terminal at the time of subsequent refinement by the user.
　この構成により、第１の端末の利用者（教材利用者）が絞り込み条件を指定して絞り込みを行うと、それが履歴として記憶されて、後の絞り込みの際に提示されるので、容易に過去の絞り込み条件と同じ条件で絞り込みを行うことができる。 With this configuration, when the user of the first terminal (learning material user) specifies a narrowing-down condition and performs narrowing down, it is stored as a history and presented at the time of subsequent narrowing down. The narrowing can be performed under the same conditions as the above narrowing conditions.
　本発明の第１２の態様の教材共有システムは、前記利用処理部が、前記第１の端末から前記絞り込み条件とともに保存の指示を受け付けて、当該指示に係る前記絞り込み条件を、認証されたユーザに関連付けて前記絞り込み条件記憶部に保存させ、当該ユーザによる後の絞り込みの際に前記絞り込み条件から前記絞り込み条件記憶部から前記絞り込み条件を読み出して前記第１の端末に提示する、第１０の態様の教材共有システムである。 In the teaching material sharing system according to the twelfth aspect of the present invention, the usage processing unit receives an instruction to save together with the narrowing condition from the first terminal, and the refinement condition related to the instruction is transmitted to an authenticated user. In the tenth aspect, the association is stored in the refinement condition storage unit, and the refinement condition is read from the refinement condition storage unit from the refinement condition and presented to the first terminal at the time of subsequent refinement by the user. It is a teaching material sharing system.
　この構成により、第１の端末の利用者（教材利用者）は、任意の絞り込み条件の記憶を指示して、後の絞り込みの際に記憶した絞り込み条件で絞り込みを行うことができる。 With this configuration, the user (teaching material user) of the first terminal can instruct storage of an arbitrary narrowing condition, and can narrow down the narrowing condition stored at the time of narrowing down later.
　本発明の第１３の態様の教材共有システムは、前記利用処理部が、前記第１の端末から絞り込みキーワードを受け付け、当該キーワードを含む前記教材コンテンツを、前記利用要求を受け付け可能な状態で当該第１の端末に提示する、第１ないし第１２のいずれかの態様の教材共有システムである。 In the teaching material sharing system according to a thirteenth aspect of the present invention, the usage processing unit accepts a narrowing keyword from the first terminal, and the teaching material content including the keyword is in a state where the usage request can be accepted. A teaching material sharing system according to any one of the first to twelfth aspects, presented to one terminal.
　この構成により、第１の端末の利用者（教材利用者）は、任意のキーワードを指定することで必要とする教材コンテンツをダウンロードすることができる。 With this configuration, the user (teaching material user) of the first terminal can download the necessary teaching material content by designating an arbitrary keyword.
　本発明の第１４の態様の教材共有システムは、前記ユーザ管理部が、特定のユーザ間を関連付け、前記利用処理部は、前記第２の端末に対して、当該第２の端末のユーザに関連付けられた他のユーザの情報を提示する、第２の態様の教材共有システムである。 In the learning material sharing system according to a fourteenth aspect of the present invention, the user management unit associates specific users with each other, and the usage processing unit associates the second terminal with the user of the second terminal. It is a teaching material sharing system of the 2nd mode which presents information on other users who were given.
　この構成により、第２の端末の利用者は、自己に関連付けられた他のユーザの提示を受けて当該他のユーザがアップロードした教材コンテンツ等をダウンロードする等、種々の処理を行うことができる。 With this configuration, the user of the second terminal can perform various processes such as downloading the teaching material content and the like uploaded by the other user in response to the presentation of the other user associated with the second terminal.
　本発明の第１５の態様の教材共有システムは、前記利用処理部が、前記第１の端末から新たな教材コンテンツのアップロードを受け付けた場合において、前記第２の端末のユーザが当該アップロードをしたユーザに関連付けられているときは、当該第２の端末に対して前記アップロードを通知する、第１４の態様の教材共有システムである。 In the learning material sharing system according to the fifteenth aspect of the present invention, when the usage processing unit accepts an upload of a new learning material content from the first terminal, the user of the second terminal uploads the user Is associated with the second terminal, the teaching material sharing system according to the fourteenth aspect, which notifies the second terminal of the upload.
　この構成により、ユーザは、自己に関連付けられた他のユーザが新たな教材コンテンツをアップロードしたときにその通知を受けて、新規の投稿を容易に知ることができる。 With this configuration, the user can easily know a new post by receiving a notification when another user associated with the user uploads a new teaching material content.
　本発明の第１６の態様の教材共有システムは、複数の前記ユーザによるグループを作成する交流処理部をさらに備えた、第１４又は第１５の態様の教材共有システムである。 The teaching material sharing system according to the sixteenth aspect of the present invention is the teaching material sharing system according to the fourteenth or fifteenth aspect, further comprising an AC processing unit for creating a group of a plurality of the users.
　この構成により、複数のユーザによってグループを形成できる。 This configuration allows a group to be formed by multiple users.
　本発明の第１７の態様の教材共有システムは、前記交流処理部が、前記グループのメンバの端末から当該グループのグループコンテンツのアップロードを受け付け、前記教材共有システムは、前記交流処理部にて受け付けたグループコンテンツを、当該グループのメンバのみが閲覧可能に、または、前記ユーザのみが閲覧可能に、記憶する交流記憶部をさらに備えた、第１６の態様の教材共有システムである。 In the learning material sharing system according to a seventeenth aspect of the present invention, the AC processing unit accepts uploading of group content of the group from a terminal of a member of the group, and the educational material sharing system accepts the educational material sharing system at the AC processing unit. The learning material sharing system according to a sixteenth aspect, further comprising an AC storage unit that stores group content so that only members of the group can browse or only the user can browse the group content.
　この構成により、グループのメンバは、グループコンテンツを交流記憶部に記憶して、グループ内の他のメンバと共有することができる。 With this configuration, group members can store group content in the AC storage unit and share it with other members in the group.
　本発明の第１８の態様の教材共有システムは、前記グループコンテンツが、前記グループの複数のメンバが編集可能な教材コンテンツである、第１７の態様の教材共有システムである。 The educational material sharing system according to the eighteenth aspect of the present invention is the educational material sharing system according to the seventeenth aspect, wherein the group content is educational material content that can be edited by a plurality of members of the group.
　この構成により、グループ内の複数のメンバが参画して教材コンテンツを作成（修正）できる。 構成 With this configuration, multiple members in the group can participate and create (modify) educational material content.
　本発明の第１９の態様の教材共有システムは、前記交流処理部が、前記グループで編集された前記教材コンテンツを、前記教材記憶部に記憶する、第１８の態様の教材共有システムである。 The learning material sharing system according to the nineteenth aspect of the present invention is the learning material sharing system according to the eighteenth aspect, wherein the AC processing unit stores the learning material content edited by the group in the learning material storage unit.
　この構成により、グループで作成した教材コンテンツを共有に供することができる。 構成 With this configuration, it is possible to share the educational material created by the group.
　本発明の第２０の態様の教材共有システムは、前記グループコンテンツが、前記グループのスケジュールである、第１７の態様の教材共有システムである。 The twentieth aspect of the teaching material sharing system of the present invention is the educational material sharing system of the seventeenth aspect, wherein the group content is a schedule of the group.
　この構成により、グループ内でスケジュールを共有できる。 ス ケ ジ ュ ー ル With this configuration, schedules can be shared within the group.
　本発明の第２１の態様の教材共有システムは、前記教材記憶部が、前記教材コンテンツごとに、当該教材コンテンツに対するユーザの反応を記憶し、前記反応について統計処理を行う統計処理部をさらに備えた、第２の態様の教材共有システムである。 In the learning material sharing system according to a twenty-first aspect of the present invention, the learning material storage unit further includes, for each learning material content, a statistical processing unit that stores a user's reaction to the learning material content and performs statistical processing on the reaction. The teaching material sharing system according to the second aspect.
　本教材共有システムでは、ユーザ（教材投稿者）による有用な教材コンテンツのアップロードが多いほど利用価値が高まる。投稿者による有用な教材コンテンツのアップロードを促すために、利用者の反応に応じて投稿者に対して何らかの金銭的な報酬を与え、そのために利用者に対して課金する等の仕組みを採用することも考えられるが、本発明では、扱う教材コンテンツが、学校教育という公共のシーンで利用できるものであり、そのような教材コンテンツが公務員である学校の教員によって自らの教務のために作成されることもあることを踏まえて、投稿者に対して何らかの金銭的な報酬を与えるのではなく、利用者の反応を投稿動機としてもらうべく、上記の構成を採用している。 In this educational material sharing system, the more useful educational content is uploaded by the user (the educational material contributor), the higher the utility value. In order to encourage uploaders to upload useful educational material content, adopt a mechanism such as giving the poster some monetary reward in response to the user's reaction and charging the user for that purpose. However, in the present invention, the teaching material content to be handled can be used in a public scene called school education, and such teaching material content is created for the teaching by the school teacher who is a public servant. In light of the above, the above configuration is adopted in order to get the user's reaction as a motivation for posting instead of giving a monetary reward to the poster.
　本発明の第２２の態様の教材共有システムは、前記反応が、前記教材コンテンツに対する好評価、前記教材コンテンツのダウンロード数、及び／又は前記教材コンテンツの閲覧数である、第２１の態様の教材共有システムである。 The learning material sharing system according to the twenty-second aspect of the present invention is the learning material sharing according to the twenty-first aspect, wherein the reaction is a favorable evaluation of the learning material content, the number of downloads of the learning material content, and / or the number of browsing of the learning material content. System.
　この構成により、第１の端末の利用者（教材投稿者）や第２の端末の利用者（教材利用者）は、各教材コンテンツについて、好評価、ダウンロード数、及び／又は閲覧数を確認できる。 With this configuration, the user of the first terminal (the teaching material contributor) and the user of the second terminal (the teaching material user) can confirm the favorable evaluation, the number of downloads, and / or the number of browsing for each teaching material content. .
　本発明の第２３の態様の教材共有システムは、前記統計処理部が、前記ユーザごとに、前記反応の統計処理を行う、第２３の態様の教材共有システムである。 A teaching material sharing system according to a twenty-third aspect of the present invention is the teaching material sharing system according to the twenty-third aspect, in which the statistical processing unit performs statistical processing of the reaction for each user.
　この構成により、教材コンテンツをアップロードしたユーザごとの統計処理を行うことができる。 With this configuration, it is possible to perform statistical processing for each user who uploaded educational material content.
　本発明の第２４の態様の教材共有システムは、前記統計処理部が、前記統計処理として、前記ユーザごとに、前記反応の統計処理を行い、前記統計処理の結果に基づいて、前記ユーザにアワードを付与する処理を行う、第２３の態様の教材共有システムである。 In the teaching material sharing system according to a twenty-fourth aspect of the present invention, the statistical processing unit performs statistical processing of the reaction for each user as the statistical processing, and awards the user based on a result of the statistical processing. A learning material sharing system according to a twenty-third aspect, which performs a process of providing
　この構成により、アップロードされた教材コンテンツに対する利用者の反応に基づいてアップロードしたユーザに対してアワードを付与することができる。 With this configuration, an award can be given to the uploaded user based on the user's reaction to the uploaded teaching material content.
　本発明の第２５の態様の教材共有システムは、前記教材記憶部が、前記反応ごとに、前記反応をしたユーザの情報を記憶し、前記統計処理部は、前記教材コンテンツごとに、前記反応と前記ユーザの情報との関係について統計処理を行う、第２１ないし第２４のいずれかの態様の教材共有システムである。 In the learning material sharing system according to a twenty-fifth aspect of the present invention, the learning material storage unit stores information of a user who has made the reaction for each reaction, and the statistical processing unit performs the reaction and the response for each learning material content. The learning material sharing system according to any one of the twenty-first to twenty-fourth aspects, wherein statistical processing is performed on a relationship with the user information.
　この構成により、教材コンテンツについて、どのようなユーザが評価し、ダウンロードし、閲覧したかを統計的に分析できる。 With this configuration, it is possible to statistically analyze what users have evaluated, downloaded, and viewed the educational material content.
　本発明の第２６の態様の教材共有システムは、前記ユーザ管理部が、前記ユーザの情報として、当該ユーザの所在地の情報を受け付け、前記統計処理部は、前記ユーザの所在地ごとに統計処理を行う、第２１ないし第２５のいずれかの態様の教材共有システムである。 In the teaching material sharing system according to the twenty-sixth aspect of the present invention, the user management unit accepts information on the location of the user as the user information, and the statistical processing unit performs statistical processing for each location of the user. The teaching material sharing system according to any one of the twenty-first to twenty-fifth aspects.
　この構成により、ユーザの所在地ごとに統計処理を行うことができる。 This configuration allows statistical processing to be performed for each user location.
　本発明の第２７の態様の教材共有システムは、前記統計処理部が、前記統計処理の結果を前記所在地に基づいて地図上に表示する、第２６の態様の教材共有システムである。 The educational material sharing system according to the twenty-seventh aspect of the present invention is the educational material sharing system according to the twenty-sixth aspect, in which the statistical processing unit displays a result of the statistical processing on a map based on the location.
　この構成により、地域ごとの状況を確認できる。 This configuration allows you to check the status of each region.
　本発明の第２８の態様の教材共有システムは、前記ユーザの情報が、当該ユーザのメッセージ受信用の宛先の情報を含み、前記ユーザ管理部は、前記ユーザに関連するイベントが発生したときに、当該ユーザの前記宛先に通知のメッセージを送信する、第２の態様の教材共有システムである。 In the teaching material sharing system according to a twenty-eighth aspect of the present invention, when the user information includes information on a destination for receiving the message of the user, the user management unit is configured to generate an event related to the user. It is a teaching material sharing system of the 2nd mode which transmits a notice message to the address of the user concerned.
　この構成により、ユーザは、自己に関連するイベントの発生の通知をプッシュ送信によって受信することができる。自己に関連するイベントには、例えば、自分がアップロードした教材コンテンツに対して反応があったとき、自分に関連するユーザが新たに生じたとき、自分に関連するユーザが新しく教材コンテンツをアップロードしたとき、自分が記憶させておいた絞り込み条件に合致する教材コンテンツが新たにアップロードされたとき、自分がグループに招待されたとき、自分が所属するグループにイベントが生じたときなどである。 This configuration allows the user to receive notification of the occurrence of an event related to him / her by push transmission. For events related to self, for example, when there is a reaction to educational material content that you have uploaded, when a new user is associated with you, or when a new user uploads educational material content When a new teaching material content that matches the filtering condition memorized is uploaded, when I am invited to a group, when an event occurs in a group to which I belong.
　本発明の第２９の態様の教材共有システムは、新たにアップロードされた教材コンテンツについて、承認の後に、当該教材コンテンツを、前記第２の端末によって読み出し可能な状態で前記教材記憶部に記憶させる承認処理部をさらに備えた、第１ないし第２８のいずれかの態様の教材共有システムである。 The learning material sharing system according to the twenty-ninth aspect of the present invention is the approval for storing the learning material content in the learning material storage unit in a state where it can be read by the second terminal after the approval of the newly uploaded learning material content. The teaching material sharing system according to any one of the first to the twenty-eighth aspects, further including a processing unit.
　この構成により、承認された教材コンテンツのみをダウンロード可能に公開することができ、不適法ないし不適切な教材コンテンツの公開を回避できる。 This configuration makes it possible to publish only approved educational material contents so that they can be downloaded, thereby avoiding illegal or inappropriate disclosure of educational material contents.
　本発明の第３０の態様の教材共有システムは、前記承認処理部が、新たにアップロードされた教材コンテンツについて、第３の端末から前記承認を受け、当該承認を受けた教材コンテンツを、前記第２の端末によって読み出し可能な状態で前記教材記憶部に記憶させる、第２９の態様の教材共有システムである。 In the teaching material sharing system according to the thirtieth aspect of the present invention, the approval processing section receives the approval from a third terminal for the newly uploaded teaching material content, and receives the approved teaching material content as the second teaching material content. A learning material sharing system according to a twenty-ninth aspect, wherein the learning material storage unit stores the data in a state in which the information can be read by the terminal.
　この構成により、新たにアップロードされた教材コンテンツについて、第３の端末の利用者（管理者）が承認をするか否かを判断して、管理者によって承認された教材コンテンツのみを公開することができる。 With this configuration, it is possible to determine whether or not the user (administrator) of the third terminal approves the newly uploaded educational material content, and only the educational material content approved by the administrator is disclosed. it can.
　本発明の第３１の態様の教材共有システムは、前記承認処理部が、新たにアップロードされた教材コンテンツに著作権で保護された内容を含むか否かを機械学習によって判断して、著作権で保護された内容を含まないと判断された教材コンテンツに対して前記承認をし、当該承認を受けた教材コンテンツを、前記第２の端末によって読み出し可能な状態で前記教材記憶部に記憶させる、第２９の態様の教材共有システムである。 In the teaching material sharing system according to the thirty-first aspect of the present invention, the approval processing section determines whether or not the newly uploaded teaching material content includes contents protected by copyright by machine learning, and uses the copyright. The approval is made for the learning material content determined not to include the protected content, and the approved learning material content is stored in the learning material storage unit in a state that can be read by the second terminal. This is a teaching material sharing system according to 29 aspects.
　この構成により、新たにアップロードされた教材コテンツについて、機械学習によって自動的に承認をすることができ、公開可能な教材コンテンツを迅速に公開できる。 With this configuration, newly uploaded teaching material content can be automatically approved by machine learning, and publishable teaching material content can be released quickly.
　本発明の第３２の態様の教材共有システムは、前記教材記憶部が、アップロードされた教材コンテンツを、自分以外のユーザに公開しない非公開ステータス及び任意のユーザが閲覧可能な公開ステータスを含む複数のステータスのいずれかで記憶する、第２の態様の教材共有システムである。 In the teaching material sharing system according to a thirty-second aspect of the present invention, the teaching material storage unit includes a plurality of non-public statuses in which the uploaded teaching material content is not disclosed to users other than itself and a public status that can be viewed by any user. It is a teaching material sharing system of the 2nd mode memorized by any of statuses.
　この構成により、ユーザは、本教材共有システムで提供されている教材コンテンツを利用して、自己利用のための教材コンテンツ（例えば、定期テスト等）を作成することができ、そのような教材コンテンツを本教材共有システムに保存しておくことができる。 With this configuration, the user can create teaching material content (for example, a periodic test) for self-use by using the teaching material content provided in the teaching material sharing system. It can be saved in this educational material sharing system.
　本発明の第３３の態様の教材共有システムは、前記教材コンテンツのステータスが、当該教材コンテンツをアップロードしたユーザによって変更可能である、第３２の態様の教材共有システムである。 The teaching material sharing system according to the thirty-third aspect of the present invention is the teaching material sharing system according to the thirty-second aspect in which the status of the teaching material content can be changed by the user who uploaded the teaching material content.
　この構成により、自己利用のために作成した教材コンテンツを任意のタイミング（例えば、定期テストとして利用した後）に公開できる。 This configuration makes it possible to publish educational material created for self-use at any time (for example, after being used as a regular test).
　本発明の第３４の態様の教材共有システムは、前記利用処理部が、前記第２の端末から教材コンテンツに対するコメントを受け付け、前記教材記憶部は、前記コメントを該当する教材コンテンツに関連付けて記憶し、前記利用処理部は、教材コンテンツを前記第２の端末に提示する際に、前記教材記憶部に記憶された当該教材コンテンツに対するコメントを表示する、第２の態様の教材共有システムである。 In the learning material sharing system according to a thirty-fourth aspect of the present invention, the usage processing unit receives a comment on the learning material content from the second terminal, and the learning material storage unit stores the comment in association with the corresponding learning material content. The usage processing unit is a teaching material sharing system according to a second aspect, which displays a comment on the teaching material content stored in the teaching material storage unit when the teaching material content is presented to the second terminal.
　この構成により、各教材コンテンツに対してユーザがコメントをすることができ、そのコメントが他のユーザにも公開されるので、教材コンテンツをアップロードしたユーザは、他人のコメントを参考にできるとともに、教材コンテンツを利用しようとする他のユーザも他のユーザの当該教材コンテンツに対するコメントを参考にできる。 With this configuration, the user can comment on each educational material content, and the comment is also made public to other users. Therefore, the user who uploaded the educational material content can refer to other people's comments and the educational material. Other users who intend to use the content can also refer to comments on the teaching material content of other users.
　本発明の第３５の態様の教材共有システムは、前記利用処理部が、前記第２の端末から前記コメントに対する評価を受け付け、前記教材記憶部は、前記評価を該当するコメントに関連付けて記憶し、前記利用処理部は、コメントを前記第２の端末に表示する際に、前記教材記憶部に記憶された当該コメントに対する評価を表示する、第３４の態様の教材共有システムである。 In the teaching material sharing system according to a thirty-fifth aspect of the present invention, the usage processing unit accepts an evaluation for the comment from the second terminal, and the teaching material storage unit stores the evaluation in association with the corresponding comment, The usage processing unit is a teaching material sharing system according to a thirty-fourth aspect that displays an evaluation on the comment stored in the teaching material storage unit when a comment is displayed on the second terminal.
　この構成により、コメントに対して評価が与えられるので、ユーザには有用なコメントをする動機付けができ、教材コンテンツの投稿者に有用なコメントが与えられることが期待でき、投稿者によりよい知恵が与えられ、投稿者がコメントによって励まされて更なる投稿を促すことができる。 With this configuration, the evaluation is given to the comment, so that the user can be motivated to make a useful comment, and it can be expected that a useful comment is given to the poster of the teaching material content, and the poster has better wisdom. Given, the contributor is encouraged by comments to encourage further posting.
　本発明の第３６の態様の教材共有システムは、前記ユーザ管理部が、前記第２の端末のユーザに対して、前記教材記憶部に記憶された教材コンテンツの中から選択した一部の教材コンテンツを勧めるレコメンド処理を行う、第２の態様の教材共有システムである。 In the teaching material sharing system according to a thirty-sixth aspect of the present invention, a part of teaching material content selected from teaching material contents stored in the teaching material storage unit by the user management unit for the user of the second terminal It is a teaching material sharing system of the 2nd mode which performs recommendation processing which recommends.
　この構成により、第２の端末のユーザ（教材利用者）は、自分に必要であると思われる教材コンテンツのレコメンドを受けることができ、キーワード等による絞り込みでは見つけ出せない教材コンテンツを見つけることも可能となる。 With this configuration, the user (teaching material user) of the second terminal can receive the recommendation of the teaching material content that seems to be necessary for the user, and can also find the teaching material content that cannot be found by narrowing down by keyword or the like. Become.
　本発明の第３７の態様の教材共有システムは、前記ユーザ管理部が、前記ユーザの情報として、ユーザの担当する学校区分、学年、科目の少なくともいずれかの情報を受け付け、前記投稿処理部は、前記教材コンテンツについて、前記第１の端末から学校区分、学年、科目の少なくともいずれかの指定を受け、前記教材記憶部は、前記教材コンテンツを、前記第１の端末から指定を受けた学校区分、学年、及び科目と関連付けて記憶し、前記利用処理部は、前記レコメンド処理として、前記第２の端末のユーザに対して、当該ユーザの担当する前記学校区分、学年、及び／又は科目に合致する学校区分、学年、及び／又は科目が関連付けられた教材コンテンツを勧める、第３６の態様の教材共有システムである。 In the teaching material sharing system according to a thirty-seventh aspect of the present invention, the user management unit accepts information on at least one of a school division, a grade, and a subject that the user is in charge of as the user information. With respect to the learning material content, designation of at least one of a school division, a grade, and a subject is received from the first terminal, and the learning material storage unit receives the designation of the learning material content from the first terminal, The usage processing unit matches the school division, grade, and / or subject in charge of the user of the second terminal as the recommendation process with respect to the user of the second terminal. It is a teaching material sharing system according to a thirty-sixth aspect that recommends teaching material contents associated with school divisions, grades, and / or subjects.
　この構成により、第２の端末のユーザ（教材利用者）が担当している学校区分、学年、科目に応じて、それらに合致する教材コンテンツがレコメンドされる。 With this configuration, according to the school division, grade, and subject that the user (teaching material user) of the second terminal is in charge of, the teaching material content that matches them is recommended.
　本発明の第３８の態様の教材共有システムは、前記ユーザ管理部が、前記ユーザの情報として、ユーザの担当する学校区分、学年、科目の少なくともいずれかの情報を受け付け、前記投稿処理部は、前記教材コンテンツについて、前記第１の端末から学校区分、学年、科目、及び単元の指定を受け、前記教材記憶部は、前記教材コンテンツを、前記第１の端末から指定を受けた学校区分、学年、科目、及び単元と関連付けて記憶し、前記利用処理部は、前記レコメンド処理として、前記第２の端末のユーザに対して、関連付けられた学校区分、学年、及び科目が、当該ユーザの担当する前記学校区分、学年、及び科目に合致し、かつ、関連付けられた単元が、当該ユーザの現在の単元に合致する教材コンテンツを勧める、第３６の態様の教材共有システムである。 In the teaching material sharing system according to the thirty-eighth aspect of the present invention, the user management unit accepts information on at least one of a school division, a grade, and a subject that the user is in charge of as the user information. The teaching material content is designated by the first terminal as a school division, grade, subject, and unit, and the learning material storage unit receives the teaching content from the first terminal as a school division, grade The usage processing unit stores the associated school division, grade, and subject for the user of the second terminal as the recommendation process. A teaching according to the thirty-sixth aspect that recommends teaching material content that matches the school division, grade, and subject, and whose associated unit matches the current unit of the user. It is a shared system.
　この構成により、第２の端末のユーザ（教材利用者）は、タイムリーに必要な教材コンテンツのレコメンドを受けることができる。 With this configuration, the user (teacher user) of the second terminal can receive a recommendation of teaching material content necessary in a timely manner.
　本発明の第３９の態様の教材共有システムは、前記現在の単元が、標準的な授業計画とその時点の日付に従って決定される、第３８の態様の教材共有システムである。 The teaching material sharing system according to the thirty-ninth aspect of the present invention is the teaching material sharing system according to the thirty-eighth aspect, wherein the current unit is determined according to a standard lesson plan and a date at that time.
　この構成により、ユーザが自らの授業計画を作成しなくても、標準的な授業計画に従って、自動的にレコメンドを受けることができる。 This configuration allows users to automatically receive recommendations according to a standard lesson plan without having to create their own lesson plan.
　本発明の第４０の態様の教材共有システムは、前記ユーザ管理部が、前記ユーザの授業計画を受け付け、前記現在の単元は、当該ユーザの前記授業計画とその時点の日付に従って決定される、第３８の態様の教材共有システムである。 In the teaching material sharing system according to a 40th aspect of the present invention, the user management unit receives the lesson plan of the user, and the current unit is determined according to the lesson plan of the user and a date at that time. This is a teaching material sharing system according to 38 aspects.
　この構成により、ユーザが指定する授業計画に従ってレコメンドを受けることができるので、実際の授業の進度に合わせてレコメンドを受けることができる。 This configuration makes it possible to receive recommendations according to the lesson plan specified by the user, so that recommendations can be received in accordance with the progress of the actual lesson.
　本発明の第４１の態様の教材共有システムは、前記ユーザ管理部が、前記ユーザの情報として、ユーザが担当する学校区分、学年、科目の少なくともいずれかの情報を受け付け、前記利用処理部は、前記レコメンド処理として、前記第２の端末のユーザに対して、当該ユーザの担当する前記学校区分、学年、及び／又は科目に合致する学校区分、学年、及び／又は科目を担当する他のユーザによってアップロードされた教材コンテンツを勧める、第３６の態様の教材共有システムである。 In the teaching material sharing system according to the forty-first aspect of the present invention, the user management unit accepts, as the user information, information on at least one of a school division, a grade, and a subject in charge of the user, As the recommendation process, for the user of the second terminal, by another user who is in charge of the school division, grade, and / or subject that matches the school division, grade, and / or subject that the user is in charge of A thirty-sixth aspect of the teaching material sharing system for recommending uploaded teaching material contents.
　この構成により、第２の端末のユーザ（教材利用者）が担当している学校区分、学年、科目と合致する担当をしている他のユーザによってアップロードされた教材コンテンツがレコメンドされる。 With this configuration, the teaching material content uploaded by another user who is in charge of the school division, grade, and subject that the user (teaching material user) of the second terminal is in charge of is recommended.
　本発明の第４２の態様の教材共有システムは、前記投稿処理部が、前記教材コンテンツについて、前記第１の端末から学校区分、学年、科目、単元、及びコンテンツの種類の少なくともいずれかの指定を受け、前記教材記憶部は、前記教材コンテンツを、前記第１の端末から指定を受けた学校区分、学年、科目、単元、及びコンテンツの種類と関連付けて記憶し、前記利用処理部は、前記第２の端末から、前記学校区分、担当、学年、科目、単元、及びコンテンツの種類の少なくともいずれかを指定した教材コンテンツのリクエストを受け付け、前記教材記憶部は、前記リクエストを記憶し、前記投稿処理部は、前記第１の端末に前記リクエストを提示する、第２の態様の教材共有システムである。 In the teaching material sharing system according to the forty-second aspect of the present invention, the posting processing unit specifies at least one of school division, grade, subject, unit, and content type from the first terminal for the teaching material content. The learning material storage unit stores the learning material content in association with the school classification, grade, subject, unit, and content type designated by the first terminal, and the usage processing unit stores the first content. 2 accepts a request for teaching material content designating at least one of the school division, charge, grade, subject, unit, and content type from the terminal, and the teaching material storage unit stores the request, and the posting process The unit is a teaching material sharing system according to a second aspect, wherein the request is presented to the first terminal.
　この構成により、第１の端末の利用者（教材投稿者）は、第２の端末の利用者（教材利用者）が必要としている教材コンテンツの学校区分、担当、学年、科目、単元、及びコンテンツの種類を知ることができる。 With this configuration, the user of the first terminal (the teaching material contributor), the school division, charge, grade, subject, unit, and content of the teaching material content required by the user of the second terminal (the teaching material user) You can know the kind of.
　本発明の第４３の態様の教材共有システムは、前記投稿処理部が、同一の前記リクエストが複数された場合には、当該リクエストをリクエスト数とともに提示する、第４２の態様の教材共有システムである。 The educational material sharing system according to a forty-third aspect of the present invention is the educational-material sharing system according to the forty-second aspect, in which the posting processing unit presents the request together with the number of requests when the same request is made in plurality. .
　この構成により、第１の端末の利用者（教材投稿者）は、どの学校区分、学年、科目、単元、及びコンテンツの種類の教材コンテンツを必要としているユーザが多いのかを知ることができる。 With this configuration, the user of the first terminal (teacher submitter) can know which school division, grade, subject, unit, and content type of content user needs many users.
　本発明の第４４の態様の教材共有システムは、前記投稿処理部が、前記リクエストに合致する教材コンテンツがアップロードされたときに、前記リクエストの提示を停止する、第４２又は第４３の態様の教材共有システムである。 The learning material sharing system according to a 44th aspect of the present invention is the learning material according to the 42nd or 43rd aspect, wherein the posting processing section stops the presentation of the request when the learning material content that matches the request is uploaded. It is a shared system.
　この構成により、第２の端末の利用者（教材投稿者）は、その時点で要求とされている教材コンテンツのみを知ることができ、すでに他のユーザがアップロードした教材コンテンツについて、重ねてリクエストに応えるべくアップロードすることを避けることができる。 With this configuration, the user of the second terminal (the educational material contributor) can know only the educational material content that is requested at that time, and the content of the educational material content that has already been uploaded by another user can be requested repeatedly. You can avoid uploading to respond.
　本発明の第４５の態様の教材共有システムは、前記教材記憶部が、前記教材を特定のテーマごとに、当該テーマを示すタグをつけて記憶する、第１の態様の教材共有システムである。 A learning material sharing system according to a 45th aspect of the present invention is the learning material sharing system according to the first aspect, wherein the learning material storage unit stores the learning material with a tag indicating the theme for each specific theme.
　この構成により、特定のテーマに沿った「特集」を作り、そこに投稿された教材コンテンツに自動的に専用のタグをつけてグループ化することができる。 This configuration makes it possible to create a “special feature” in line with a specific theme, and automatically add a special tag to the teaching material content posted there and group it.
　本発明の第４６の態様の教材共有システムは、前記教材記憶部が、前記ユーザごとに、選択された前記教材コンテンツをコレクショングループとしてグループ化して記憶する、第２の態様の教材共有システムである。 A learning material sharing system according to a 46th aspect of the present invention is the learning material sharing system according to the second aspect, wherein the learning material storage unit stores the selected learning material contents as a collection group for each user. .
　この構成により、各ユーザが、コンテンツを任意に選択してコレクショングループとして束ねることができる。 This configuration allows each user to arbitrarily select content and bundle it as a collection group.
　本発明の第４７の態様の教材共有システムは、前記交流処理部が、前記教材コンテンツを利用した実践を前記グループのメンバの端末から受け付け、当該教材コンテンツに関連付けて、前記グループのメンバが閲覧可能に記憶する、第１６の態様の教材共有システムである。 In the learning material sharing system according to a 47th aspect of the present invention, the AC processing unit accepts practice using the learning material content from a terminal of the group member and can be viewed by the group member in association with the learning material content. A learning material sharing system according to a sixteenth aspect,
　この構成により、特定のユーザどうしが繋がって、グループのメンバ内で自身の実践を共有し、ユーザが投稿した教材コンテンツに対する他のメンバからのフィードバックを得ることができる。 This configuration allows specific users to connect with each other, share their practices among the members of the group, and obtain feedback from other members on the teaching material content posted by the users.
　本発明の第４８の態様は教材共有サーバであって、この教材共有サーバは、第１の端末及び第２の端末とネットワークを介して接続され、前記第１の端末から教材コンテンツのアップロードを受け付ける投稿処理部と、前記投稿処理部にて受け付けた教材コンテンツを記憶する教材記憶部と、前記第２の端末からの教材コンテンツの利用要求を受け付け、前記利用要求に係る教材コンテンツを前記教材記憶部から読み出して当該第２の端末にダウンロードする利用処理部とを備えた構成を有している。 A forty-eighth aspect of the present invention is a learning material sharing server, which is connected to the first terminal and the second terminal via a network and accepts uploading of learning material content from the first terminal. A posting processing unit, a teaching material storage unit that stores the teaching material content received by the posting processing unit, a usage request for the teaching material content from the second terminal, and the teaching material content related to the usage request; And a usage processing unit that reads and downloads the data to the second terminal.
　この構成によっても、第１の端末と第２の端末との間で教材コンテンツを共有することができ、端末を利用する教材の利用者（例えば、学校の教員）の間において有効に教材を共有できる。 Even with this configuration, the teaching material contents can be shared between the first terminal and the second terminal, and the teaching materials can be effectively shared between the users of the teaching materials using the terminal (for example, school teachers). it can.
　本発明の第４９の態様は教材共有方法であって、この教材方法サーバは、第１の端末及び第２の端末とネットワークを介して接続される教材共有サーバにおける教材共有方法であって、前記第１の端末から教材コンテンツのアップロードを受け付ける投稿処理ステップと、前記投稿処理ステップにて受け付けた教材コンテンツを記憶する教材記憶ステップと、前記第２の端末からの教材コンテンツの利用要求を受け付け、前記利用要求に係る教材コンテンツを前記教材記憶部から読み出して当該第２の端末にダウンロードする利用処理ステップとを備えた構成を有している。 A forty-ninth aspect of the present invention is a learning material sharing method, wherein the learning material method server is a learning material sharing method in a learning material sharing server connected to the first terminal and the second terminal via a network. A posting processing step for accepting uploading of teaching material content from the first terminal; a teaching material storage step for storing the teaching material content accepted in the posting processing step; and a usage request for the teaching material content from the second terminal; And a usage processing step of reading the educational material content related to the usage request from the educational material storage unit and downloading it to the second terminal.
　この構成によっても、第１の端末と第２の端末との間で教材コンテンツを共有することができ、端末を利用する教材の利用者（例えば、学校の教員）の間において有効に教材を共有できる。 Even with this configuration, the teaching material contents can be shared between the first terminal and the second terminal, and the teaching materials can be effectively shared between the users of the teaching materials using the terminal (for example, school teachers). it can.
　本発明によれば、第１の端末と第２の端末との間で教材コンテンツを共有することができ、端末を利用する教材の利用者（例えば、学校の教員）の間において有効に教材を共有できる。 According to the present invention, the teaching material content can be shared between the first terminal and the second terminal, and the teaching material can be effectively used among the teaching material users (for example, school teachers) using the terminal. Can share.
図１は、本発明の実施の形態の教材共有システムの構成を示す図である。FIG. 1 is a diagram showing a configuration of a teaching material sharing system according to an embodiment of the present invention. 図２は、本発明の実施の形態の教材共有サーバ及びデータベースの詳細な構成を示す教材共有システムの構成図である。FIG. 2 is a configuration diagram of the educational material sharing system showing the detailed configuration of the educational material sharing server and database according to the embodiment of the present invention. 図３は、本発明の実施の形態のホーム画面の例を示す図である。FIG. 3 is a diagram showing an example of the home screen according to the embodiment of the present invention. 図４は、本発明の実施の形態のパネルの構成の例を示す図である。FIG. 4 is a diagram showing an example of the configuration of the panel according to the embodiment of the present invention. 図５は、本発明の実施の形態の絞り込み検索画面の例を示す図である。FIG. 5 is a diagram illustrating an example of a refinement search screen according to the embodiment of this invention. 図６は、本発明の実施の形態の検索結果画面の例を示す図である。FIG. 6 is a diagram illustrating an example of a search result screen according to the embodiment of this invention. 図７は、本発明の実施の形態の閲覧画面の例を示す図である。FIG. 7 is a diagram illustrating an example of a browsing screen according to the embodiment of this invention. 図８は、本発明の実施の形態の投稿画面の例を示す図である。FIG. 8 is a diagram illustrating an example of a posting screen according to the embodiment of this invention. 図９は、本発明の実施の形態の投稿画面の例を示す図である。FIG. 9 is a diagram illustrating an example of a posting screen according to the embodiment of this invention. 図１０は、本発明の実施の形態のアップロードの処理のフローチャートである。FIG. 10 is a flowchart of upload processing according to the embodiment of this invention. 図１１は、本発明の実施の形態の注意喚起ポップアップの例を示す図である。FIG. 11 is a diagram illustrating an example of an alert pop-up according to the embodiment of this invention. 図１２は、本発明の実施の形態の添付された画像ファイルの編集を説明する図である。FIG. 12 is a diagram illustrating editing of an attached image file according to the embodiment of this invention. 図１３は、本発明の実施の形態のキャプションが付与された添付ファイルを閲覧する際の操作を説明する図である。FIG. 13 is a diagram illustrating an operation when browsing an attached file with a caption according to the embodiment of this invention. 図１４は、本発明の実施の形態の発問箇所の指定を説明する図である。FIG. 14 is a diagram for explaining the specification of the question location according to the embodiment of the present invention. 図１５は、本発明の実施の形態のユーザ情報画面の例を示す図である。FIG. 15 is a diagram illustrating an example of a user information screen according to the embodiment of this invention. 図１６は、本発明の実施の形態の保管箱に保管されている教材コンテンツのパネルの例を示す図である。FIG. 16 is a diagram illustrating an example of a teaching material content panel stored in the storage box according to the embodiment of this invention. 図１７は、本発明の実施の形態のグループ一覧画面の例を示す図である。FIG. 17 is a diagram illustrating an example of a group list screen according to the embodiment of this invention. 図１８は、本発明の実施の形態のグループ画面の例を示す図である。FIG. 18 is a diagram illustrating an example of a group screen according to the embodiment of this invention. 図１９は、本発明の実施の形態のマイページ画面の例を示す図である。FIG. 19 is a diagram illustrating an example of a My Page screen according to the embodiment of this invention.
　以下、本発明の実施の形態の教材共有システムについて、図面を参照しながら説明する。なお、以下に説明する実施の形態は、本発明を実施する場合の一例を示すものであって、本発明を以下に説明する具体的構成に限定するものではない。本発明の実施にあたっては、実施の形態に応じた具体的構成が適宜採用されてよい。 Hereinafter, a teaching material sharing system according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. The embodiment described below shows an example when the present invention is implemented, and the present invention is not limited to the specific configuration described below. In carrying out the present invention, a specific configuration according to the embodiment may be adopted as appropriate.
　図１は、本発明の実施の形態の教材共有システムの構成を示す図である。図１に示すように、教材共有システム１は、教材共有サーバ１０と、データベース２０と、管理者Ａが操作する管理者端末３０と、教材投稿者Ｐが操作する投稿者端末４０と、教材利用者Ｕが操作する利用者端末５０とによって構成される。管理者端末３０と、投稿者端末４０と、利用者端末５０は、それぞれ教材共有サーバ１０に通信ネットワークを介して、通信可能に接続され得る。この通信ネットワークには、一部又は全部が無線ネットワークであってよく、一部又は全部がインターネットであってもよい。 FIG. 1 is a diagram showing a configuration of a teaching material sharing system according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 1, the learning material sharing system 1 includes a learning material sharing server 10, a database 20, an administrator terminal 30 operated by the administrator A, a contributor terminal 40 operated by the learning material poster P, and learning material use. And a user terminal 50 operated by the person U. The administrator terminal 30, the poster terminal 40, and the user terminal 50 can be communicably connected to the learning material sharing server 10 via a communication network. This communication network may be part or all of a wireless network and part or all of the Internet.
　管理者端末３０と、投稿者端末４０と、利用者端末５０は、パーソナルコンピュータ、タブレットＰＣ、スマートフォンその他の無線又は有線で通信ネットワークに接続可能な情報処理機器であってよい。教材共有サーバ１０は、Ｗｅｂサーバ及びアプリケーションサーバとしての機能を有し、インターネットに接続されている。また、データベース２０は、データベースサーバとしての機能を有し、また、教材共有サーバ１０と構内ネットワークによって通信可能に接続されていてよく、一部にインターネットを介していてもよく、あるいは、教材共有サーバ１０とデータベース２０とが一体の情報処理装置として構成されてもよい（データベース２０が教材共有サーバ１０の記憶装置に構成されてもよい）。 The administrator terminal 30, the poster terminal 40, and the user terminal 50 may be personal computers, tablet PCs, smartphones, or other information processing devices that can be connected to a communication network wirelessly or by wire. The learning material sharing server 10 has functions as a Web server and an application server, and is connected to the Internet. Further, the database 20 has a function as a database server, and may be connected to the educational material sharing server 10 through a local network so as to be communicable. 10 and the database 20 may be configured as an integrated information processing apparatus (the database 20 may be configured in a storage device of the teaching material sharing server 10).
　なお、本実施の形態では、Ｗｅｂアクセスが可能な任意の情報処理端末から教材共有サーバ１０にアクセスをすることができ、投稿者端末４０と利用者端末５０はいずれも任意の情報処理端末であるが、図１、図２、及び以下の説明では、ユーザが教材コンテンツを投稿しようとする場合に、そのユーザを教材投稿者というとともに、その情報処理端末を投稿者端末４０といい、ユーザが教材コンテンツを利用しようとする場合に、そのユーザを教材利用者というとともに、その情報処理端末を利用者端末５０という。 In this embodiment, the teaching material sharing server 10 can be accessed from any information processing terminal capable of Web access, and both the poster terminal 40 and the user terminal 50 are arbitrary information processing terminals. However, in FIG. 1, FIG. 2, and the following description, when a user intends to post teaching material content, the user is referred to as a teaching material contributor and the information processing terminal is referred to as a contributor terminal 40. When trying to use content, the user is called a teaching material user, and the information processing terminal is called a user terminal 50.
　図２は、教材共有サーバ１０及びデータベース２０の詳細な構成を示す教材共有システム１の構成図である。教材共有サーバ１０は、Ｗｅｂサーバとしても機能するアプリケーションサーバであるが、図２ではアプリケーションサーバにおける一般的な構成要素の図示は省略し、本実施の形態の説明に必要な機能を図示している。また、データベース２０は、データベースサーバであるが、図２ではデータベースエンジン、ＳＱＬ、メモリ等の一般的なデータベースサーバの構成要素は省略し、本実施の形態に必要なデータテーブル及びマスタテーブルを図示している。 FIG. 2 is a configuration diagram of the educational material sharing system 1 showing the detailed configuration of the educational material sharing server 10 and the database 20. The learning material sharing server 10 is an application server that also functions as a Web server, but in FIG. 2, illustration of general components in the application server is omitted, and functions necessary for the description of the present embodiment are illustrated. . Further, the database 20 is a database server, but in FIG. 2, general database server components such as a database engine, SQL, and memory are omitted, and a data table and a master table necessary for this embodiment are illustrated. ing.
　データベース２０は、ユーザテーブル２１と、教材テーブル２２と、グループテーブル２３と、各種マスタテーブル２４と、ファイル記憶部２５を備えている。ファイル記憶部２５は、各種のアプリケーションで利用するデータファイル（画像データファイル、動画データファイル、音声データファイル、テキストデータファイル等）を記憶しており、そのアドレスを指定して読み出すことが可能である。 The database 20 includes a user table 21, a teaching material table 22, a group table 23, various master tables 24, and a file storage unit 25. The file storage unit 25 stores data files (image data file, moving image data file, audio data file, text data file, etc.) used in various applications, and can be read by designating the address thereof. .
（各種マスタテーブル２４）
　各種マスタテーブル２４には、以下のマスタテーブル（以下単に「マスタ」という。）が記憶されている。
　ユーザステータスマスタ：ユーザステータスマスタでは、登録済の状態を示す「登録」、管理者からのユーザ資格の承認を待っている状態を示す「承認待ち」、ユーザ資格が停止している状態を示す「停止」が、それらを表すユーザステータスＩＤに対応付けて記憶されている。
　性別マスタ：性別マスタでは、「男性」、「女性」、「その他」が、それらを表す性別ＩＤに対応付けて記憶されている。
　都道府県マスタ：都道府県マスタとしては、日本国の４７の都道府県と「海外」が、それらを表す都道府県ＩＤに対応付けて記憶されている。
　学校区分マスタ：学校区分マスタでは、「小学校」、「中学校」、「高校」、「特別支援学校」が、それらを表す学校区分ＩＤに対応付けて記憶されている。
　学年マスタ：、学年マスタでは、「１年」から「６年」の各学年及び「全学年」が、それらを表す学年ＩＤに対応付けて記憶されている。
　科目マスタ：科目マスタでは、国語、算数、理科、社会等の科目が、それらを表す科目ＩＤに対応付けて記憶されている。
　単元マスタ：単元マスタでは、各学校区分の各学年の各科目を細分化した指導区分が、それらを表す単元ＩＤに対応付けて記憶されている。単元マスタでは、例えば、小学校４年生算数の単元の例である「１．折れ線グラフと表」、「２．角の大きさ」、「３．割算の筆算（１）」が記憶される。
　教材カテゴリマスタ：教材カテゴリは、教材コンテンツの種類を示すものであり、教材カテゴリマスタでは、授業を進める計画例である「指導案」、授業を実際に行ったレポートである「実践例」、授業における黒板等の記載例である「板書」、テストやプリントの作成に用いられる図形や問題である「素材」、定期テスト例である「定期テスト」、ワークシート例である「ワークシート」、演習プリント例である「演習プリント」、及び種々の校務に用いられる材料例（例えば、成績管理用の表計算ソフトのファイル）である「校務テンプレート」が、それらを表す教材カテゴリＩＤに対応付けて記憶されている。 (Various master tables 24)
The various master tables 24 store the following master tables (hereinafter simply referred to as “masters”).
User status master: In the user status master, “registration” indicating the registered state, “waiting for approval” indicating waiting for approval of the user qualification from the administrator, and “status indicating that user qualification is stopped” "Stop" is stored in association with the user status ID representing them.
Gender master: In the gender master, “male”, “female” and “others” are stored in association with gender IDs representing them.
Prefectural master: As the prefectural master, 47 prefectures and “overseas” in Japan are stored in association with the prefectural IDs representing them.
School division master: In the school division master, “elementary school”, “junior high school”, “high school”, and “special support school” are stored in association with school division IDs representing them.
Grade master: In the grade master, each grade from “1st year” to “6th grade” and “all grades” are stored in association with grade IDs representing them.
Subject master: In the subject master, subjects such as Japanese language, arithmetic, science, and society are stored in association with subject IDs representing them.
Unit master: In the unit master, the instruction divisions obtained by subdividing the subjects of each grade in each school division are stored in association with the unit IDs representing them. In the unit master, for example, “1. Line graph and table”, “2. Angle size”, and “3. Calculation of division (1)”, which are examples of elementary school 4th grade arithmetic units, are stored.
Teaching material category master: The teaching material category indicates the type of teaching material content. In the teaching material category master, a “teaching plan” that is a plan example for proceeding with a lesson, a “practical example” that is a report that actually conducted the lesson, a lesson "Board" which is a description example of blackboards, etc., "material" which is a figure and problem used for creating tests and prints, "periodic test" which is a regular test example, "worksheet" which is a worksheet example, exercises “Exercise print” which is a print example and “school template” which is an example of materials used for various school affairs (for example, a spreadsheet software file for grade management) are associated with teaching material category IDs representing them. Is remembered.
　タグマスタ：タグは、教材コンテンツに付与されるものであり、タグマスタでは、「ＩＣＴ」、「アクティブラーニング」、「学び合い」、「反転授業」、「特別支援」等が、それらを表すタグＩＤに対応付けて記憶されている。
　教材ステータスマスタ：教材ステータスは、教材共有システム１における教材コンテンツの状態を示しており、教材ステータスマスタでは、作成途中の状態を示す「下書き」、管理者による承認を待っている公開前の状態を示す「承認待ち」、他のユーザに公開されている状態を示す「公開」、自己利用をするために確保されている状態を示す「自己利用」、及び当該教材コンテンツがリクエストされていることを示す「リクエスト」が、それらを表す教材ステータスＩＤに対応付けて記憶されている。 Tag master: A tag is given to teaching material contents. In the tag master, “ICT”, “active learning”, “learning”, “reversing class”, “special support”, etc. are tag IDs representing them. It is stored in association.
Teaching material status master: The teaching material status indicates the state of the teaching material content in the teaching material sharing system 1. In the learning material status master, the “draft” indicating the state in the middle of creation, the state before release waiting for approval by the administrator "Waiting for approval", "Public" indicating the state that is open to other users, "Self-use" indicating the state that is reserved for self-use, and that the teaching material content is requested The “request” shown is stored in association with the teaching material status ID representing them.
　数量アワードマスタ：数量アワードは、各ユーザについて、投稿した教材コンテンツの数に応じて決定される。数量アワードマスタでは、投稿した教材コンテンツが、９個以下であるユーザに付与される「なし」、１０～２９個であるユーザに付与される「四角」、３０～４９個であるユーザに付与される「丸」、５０個以上であるユーザに付与される「星」が、それらを表す数量アワードＩＤに対応付けて記憶されている。
　評価アワードマスタ：評価アワードは、各ユーザについて、投稿したコンテンツに与えられた好評価の数に応じて決定される。評価アワードは、数量アワードが与えられたユーザに対してのみ与えられるものであり、数量アワードを示す「四角」、「丸」、又は「星」の形のバッジに付与される色で表現される。評価アワードマスタとしては、数量アワードが「なし」であるユーザに与えられる「なし」、得られた好評価の数が、４９個以下であるユーザに付与される「青」、５０～９９個であるユーザに付与される「緑」、１００個以上であるユーザに付与される「赤」が、それらを表す評価アワードＩＤに対応付けて記憶されている。 Quantity Award Master: The quantity award is determined for each user according to the number of educational material contents posted. In the quantity award master, posted educational material content is given to users who are 9 or less “none”, 10 to 29 “squares” given to users, and 30 to 49 users. “Stars” given to users who are 50 or more are stored in association with quantity award IDs representing them.
Evaluation Award Master: The evaluation award is determined according to the number of favorable evaluations given to the posted content for each user. The evaluation award is given only to a user who is given a quantity award, and is expressed in a color given to a badge in the form of “square”, “circle”, or “star” indicating the quantity award. . As an evaluation award master, “None” given to users whose quantity award is “None”, “Blue” given to users whose number of favorable evaluations is 49 or less, 50 to 99 “Green” given to a certain user and “red” given to 100 or more users are stored in association with an evaluation award ID representing them.
（ユーザテーブル）
　ユーザテーブル２１の各フィールドの情報は、ユーザごとに記憶されている。以下、フィールドの種類（フィールド名）とその内容を説明する。ユーザテーブル２１の各フィールドは、ユーザが登録時に自ら指定する情報である基本情報、当該ユーザに関連付けられた教材コンテンツを示す情報である教材情報、当該ユーザや他のユーザが教材共有システム１の各種の機能を実行することで更新される情報である変動情報に大別できる。 (User table)
Information of each field of the user table 21 is stored for each user. Hereinafter, the types of fields (field names) and their contents will be described. Each field of the user table 21 includes basic information that is specified by the user at the time of registration, teaching material information that is information indicating teaching material content associated with the user, and the user and other users who are in the teaching material sharing system 1. It can be roughly divided into fluctuation information which is information updated by executing the function.
　ユーザテーブル２１には、基本情報として以下のフィールドが設けられている。
　ユーザＩＤ：ユーザＩＤフィールドには、ユーザに割り当てられた識別子が記憶されている。ユーザＩＤは、英数テキストからなり、他のいずれのユーザとも重複しないものとして、このユーザテーブル２１にて与えられるものである。
　パスワード：パスワードフィールドには、ユーザがパスワードとして指定した英数字が記憶される。
　ユーザステータス：ユーザステータフィールドには、ユーザの状態を示すユーザステータスＩＤが記憶される。
　顔：顔フィールドには、ユーザが顔写真なしい顔画像としてアップロードした画像ファイルのアドレスが記憶される。
　ニックネーム（ユーザ名）：ニックネーム（ユーザ名）フィールドには、ユーザが教材共有システム内の名前（ユーザ名）として指定したテキストが記憶される。
　メールアドレス：メールアドレスフィールドには、ユーザが指定したユーザのメールアドレスが記憶される。
　氏名：氏名フィールドには、ユーザの氏名（本名）とその公開フラグが記憶される。
　性別：性別フィールドには、ユーザの性別の性別ＩＤとその公開フラグが記憶される。
　生年月日：生年月日フィールドには、ユーザの生年月日とその公開フラグが記憶される。
　学校所在地：学校所在地フィールドには、ユーザの所属する学校の所在都道府県の都道府県ＩＤとその公開フラグが記憶される。
　教員期間：教員期間フィールドには、ユーザが教員であった期間とその公開フラグが記憶される。
　所属先（学校名）：所属先（学校名）フィールドには、ユーザの所属先の学校名とその公開フラグが記憶される。
　役職：役職フィールドには、ユーザの所属先での役職とその公開フラグが記憶される。
　学校区分：学校区分フィールドには、ユーザの所属先の学校区分を示す学校区分ＩＤ、及びその公開フラグが記憶される。
　学年：学年フィールドには、ユーザの学年を示す学年ＩＤとその公開フラグが記憶される。
　自己紹介：自己紹介フィールドには、ユーザが入力したテキスト形式の自己紹介文が記憶されている。
　部活：部活フィールドには、ユーザが所属先で担当している部活名とその公開フラグが記憶される。
　ＨＰ：ＨＰフィールドには、ユーザの個人的なＷｅｂサイトのＵＲＬとその公開フラグが記憶される。
　上記のように、ユーザテーブル２１において、基本情報の一部のフィールドについては、それ自体の内容を示す情報のほかに、公開フラグも記憶されており、ユーザが公開及び非公開を選択することができるようになっている。 The user table 21 is provided with the following fields as basic information.
User ID: The user ID field stores an identifier assigned to the user. The user ID is composed of alphanumeric texts and is given in the user table 21 as not overlapping with any other users.
Password: The password field stores alphanumeric characters designated as a password by the user.
User status: A user status ID indicating a user status is stored in the user status field.
The face: face field stores the address of an image file uploaded by the user as a face image that looks like a face photo.
Nickname (user name): In the nickname (user name) field, text designated by the user as a name (user name) in the learning material sharing system is stored.
Mail address: The mail address of the user designated by the user is stored in the mail address field.
Name: The name field stores the name (real name) of the user and its public flag.
Gender: The gender field stores the gender ID of the user's gender and its public flag.
Date of birth: The date of birth of the user and its public flag are stored in the date of birth field.
School location: The school location field stores the prefecture ID of the prefecture where the user belongs and the public flag thereof.
Instructor period: In the instructor period field, the period in which the user was a teacher and its public flag are stored.
Affiliation (school name): In the affiliation (school name) field, the school name of the user's affiliation and its public flag are stored.
Title: In the title field, the title at the user's affiliation and its public flag are stored.
School division: In the school division field, a school division ID indicating a school division to which the user belongs and a public flag thereof are stored.
Grade: A grade ID indicating the grade of the user and its public flag are stored in the grade field.
Self-introduction: The self-introduction field stores a self-introduction sentence in text format input by the user.
Club activity: The club activity field stores the club activity name that the user is in charge of and the public flag.
The HP: HP field stores the URL of the user's personal Web site and its public flag.
As described above, in the user table 21, for some fields of the basic information, in addition to the information indicating the contents of the basic information, a public flag is also stored, and the user can select public or private. It can be done.
　ユーザテーブル２１には、教材情報として以下のフィールドが設けられている。
　教材コンテンツ：教材コンテンツフィールドには、ユーザに関連付けられた教材の教材ＩＤと教材ステータスＩＤが記憶されており、該当するユーザに関連付けられた教材が複数ある場合には、それらの各々について、教材ＩＤと教材ステータスＩＤが記憶されている。教材ＩＤは、アップロードされた教材コンテンツを唯一に特定するＩＤである。
　保管添付ファイル：保管添付ファイルフィールドには、ユーザが保管した他のユーザの添付ファイルのアドレスが記憶されている。 The user table 21 has the following fields as teaching material information.
Learning material content: The learning material content field stores the learning material ID and learning material status ID of the learning material associated with the user, and when there are a plurality of learning materials associated with the corresponding user, the learning material ID for each of them is stored. And teaching material status ID are stored. The learning material ID is an ID that uniquely identifies the uploaded learning material content.
Storage attachment file: The storage attachment file field stores addresses of attachment files of other users stored by the user.
　上記のように、ユーザテーブル２１には、当該ユーザに関連した教材コンテンツとして、当該ユーザが作成した教材コンテンツの教材ＩＤが「下書き」、「承認待ち」、「公開」、「自己利用」のいずれかのステータスＩＤとともに記憶され、当該ユーザが収集した他のユーザの教材コンテンツが、そのことを示す「自己利用」のステータスＩＤとともに記憶される。すなわち、本実施の形態では、各ユーザごとに、当該ユーザに関連づけられた教材コンテンツの情報として教材ＩＤと教材ステータスＩＤが定義されており、同一の教材コンテンツであってもユーザごとにステータスが異なっており、例えば、ある教材コンテンツについて、それを投稿したユーザＡに関連付けてそれが「下書き」、「承認待ち」、「公開」、「自己利用」のいずれかのステータスで記憶されるとともに、それを利用するユーザＢに関連付けてそれが「自己利用」のステータスで記憶されることがある。なお、当該ユーザが教材共有サーバ１から収集した他のユーザの教材コンテンツであることを示すステータスは、「自己利用」に代えて「お気に入り」、「コレクション」等の他の用語で表現されてもよい。 As described above, in the user table 21, the teaching material ID of the teaching material content created by the user is any of “draft”, “waiting for approval”, “public”, and “self-use” as the teaching material content related to the user. The other user's teaching material contents collected by the user are stored together with a “self-use” status ID indicating that. In other words, in this embodiment, the learning material ID and the learning material status ID are defined for each user as information on the learning material content associated with the user, and the status varies from user to user even for the same learning material content. For example, a certain teaching material content is associated with the user A who posted it, and is stored in the status of “draft”, “waiting for approval”, “public”, or “self-use”, and It may be stored in the “self-use” status in association with user B using Note that the status indicating that the user is the other user's educational material content collected from the educational material sharing server 1 may be expressed in other terms such as “favorite” or “collection” instead of “self-use”. Good.
　ユーザテーブル２１には、変動情報として以下のフィールドが設けられている。
　ファンになっている：ファンになっているフィールドには、当該ユーザがファンとなっている他のユーザのユーザＩＤ（複数可）が記憶されている。
　ファンになってくれている：ファンになってくれているフィールドには、当該ユーザをファンとしている他のユーザのユーザＩＤ（複数可）が記憶されている。
　好評価数：好評価数フィールドには、ユーザが投稿した教材コンテンツに対する好評価の総数が記憶されている。好評価は、ユーザに「実践したい」、「いいね」等の表現で提示されてよく、それに同意したユーザの数が好評価の数となる。
　直近３０日間好評価数：直近３０日間好評価数フィールドには、ユーザが投稿した教材コンテンツに対する直近３０日間の好評価の総数が記憶されている。
　投稿数：投稿数フィールドには、ユーザが投稿した教材コンテンツの総数が記憶されている。
　被閲覧数：被閲覧数フィールドには、ユーザが投稿した教材コンテンツが閲覧された総回数が記憶されている。
　よく投稿する科目：よく投稿する科目フィールドには、ユーザが投稿した教材コンテンツのうちの最も多い科目の科目ＩＤが記憶されている。
　最新の投稿日：最新の投稿日フィールドには、ユーザが教材コンテンツを投稿した直近の日付が記憶されている。
　最も実践させている教材：最も実践させている教材フィールドには、当該ユーザが投稿した教材コンテンツのうち最も好評価が多い教材コンテンツの教材ＩＤが記憶されている。
　最近の推薦教材：最近の推薦教材フィールドには、当該ユーザが投稿した教材コンテンツのうち直近３０日で最も好評価が多い教材コンテンツの教材ＩＤが記憶されている。
　保存絞り込み条件：保存絞り込み条件フィールドには、ユーザが保存した絞り込み検索条件の保存名、学年ＩＤ、科目ＩＤ、単元ＩＤ、教材カテゴリＩＤ、及び当該絞り込み条件の保存順位（複数可）が記憶されている。
　検索履歴：検索履歴フィールドには、ユーザが実行した検索の条件、及び当該条件の保存順位（複数可）が記憶されている。
　アワード：アワードフィールドには、ユーザがアワードを受けている科目及び学年の科目ＩＤ、学年ＩＤ、並びにアワードの種類を示す数量アワードＩＤ、評価アワードＩＤ（複数可）が記憶されている。
　スケジュール：スケジュールフィールドには、ユーザのスケジュールを示すスケジュールファイルのアドレスが記憶されている。
　メッセージ：メッセージフィールドには、ユーザが送受信したメッセージを示すメッセージファイルのフォルダアドレスが記憶されている。
　所属グループ：所属グループフィールドには、ユーザが所属しているグループのグループＩＤ（複数可）が記憶されている。
　関心学校区分：ユーザは、後述するレコメンド機能のために、自らが興味を持つ学校区分を登録することができる。関心学校区分フィールドには、ユーザが興味を持つ学校区分の学校区分ＩＤが記憶される。
　関心学年：ユーザは、後述するレコメンド機能のために、自らが興味を持つ学年を登録することができる。関心学年フィールドには、ユーザが興味を持つ学年の学年ＩＤが記憶される。
　関心科目：ユーザは、後述するレコメンド機能のために、自らが興味を持つ科目を登録することができる。関心科目フィールドには、ユーザが興味を持つ科目の科目ＩＤが記憶される。
　関心教材カテゴリ：ユーザは、後述するレコメンド機能のために、自らが興味を持つ教材カテゴリを登録することができる。関心教材カテゴリフィールドには、ユーザが興味を持つ教材カテゴリの教材カテゴリＩＤが記憶される。
　なお、ユーザ同士の関連付けを示す「ファンになっている」／「ファンになってくれている」は、「フォローしている」／「フォローされている」等によって表現されてもよい。 The user table 21 is provided with the following fields as variation information.
Being a fan: In the field becoming a fan, user ID (s) of other users who are fans of the user are stored.
Being a fan: The field of being a fan stores the user ID (s) of other users who are fans of the user.
Number of favorable evaluations: The number of favorable evaluations stores the total number of favorable evaluations for the teaching material contents posted by the user. The favorable evaluation may be presented to the user in an expression such as “I want to practice” or “Like”, and the number of users who agree with it is the number of favorable evaluations.
Number of favorable evaluations for the last 30 days: The number of favorable evaluations for the latest 30 days for the teaching material contents posted by the user is stored in the number of favorable evaluations for the last 30 days.
Number of posts: The total number of teaching material contents posted by the user is stored in the number of posts field.
Number of browsed: The number of browsed fields stores the total number of times the teaching material content posted by the user has been browsed.
Subjects that are frequently posted: The subject ID of the subject that has the largest number of teaching material contents posted by the user is stored in the subject field that is frequently posted.
Latest posting date: The latest posting date field stores the latest date when the user posted the teaching material content.
Teaching material most practiced: The teaching material ID of the teaching material content most frequently evaluated among the teaching material content posted by the user is stored in the teaching material field most practiced.
Recent recommended educational material: The recent recommended educational material field stores the educational material ID of the educational material content most frequently evaluated in the last 30 days among the educational material contents posted by the user.
Save refinement condition: The save refinement condition field stores the save name of the refinement search condition saved by the user, the grade ID, the subject ID, the unit ID, the teaching material category ID, and the save order (s) of the refinement condition. Yes.
Search history: The search history field stores a search condition executed by the user and a storage order (several numbers) of the condition.
Award: The award field stores the subject ID and grade ID of the user, grade ID, quantity award ID indicating the type of award, and evaluation award ID (s).
Schedule: The schedule field stores the address of a schedule file indicating the user's schedule.
Message: The message field stores a folder address of a message file indicating a message transmitted / received by the user.
Affiliation group: The affiliation group field stores the group ID (s) of the group to which the user belongs.
Interesting school category: The user can register the school category he / she is interested in for the recommendation function described later. In the interested school category field, the school category ID of the school category in which the user is interested is stored.
Grade of Interest: The user can register the grade in which he / she is interested for the recommendation function described later. In the school year field of interest, the school year ID of the school year in which the user is interested is stored.
Subjects of interest: The user can register subjects of interest for the recommendation function described later. A subject ID of a subject that the user is interested in is stored in the subject of interest field.
Interest learning material category: The user can register the learning material category that he / she is interested in for a recommendation function described later. The learning material category field stores the learning material category ID of the learning material category in which the user is interested.
Note that “being a fan” / “being a fan” indicating an association between users may be expressed by “following” / “following” or the like.
（教材テーブル）
　教材テーブル２２の各フィールドの情報は、教材コンテンツごとに記憶されている。以下、フィールドの種類（フィールド名）とその内容を説明する。まず、教材テーブル２２の各フィールドは、教材コンテンツを作成したときに指定される情報である基本情報と、当該教材が作成された後にユーザが教材共有システム１の各種の機能を実行することで更新される情報である変動情報に大別できる。 (Educational material table)
Information of each field of the learning material table 22 is stored for each learning material content. Hereinafter, the types of fields (field names) and their contents will be described. First, each field of the learning material table 22 is updated by executing basic functions as information specified when the learning material content is created and various functions of the learning material sharing system 1 by the user after the learning material is created. It can be roughly divided into fluctuation information, which is information to be processed.
　教材テーブル２２には、基本情報として以下のフィールドが設けられている。
　教材ＩＤ：教材ＩＤフィールドには、教材コンテンツに割り当てられた識別子が記憶されている。
　作成者：作成者フィールドには、教材コンテンツを作成したユーザのユーザＩＤが記憶されている。この作成者は、当該教材コンテンツが投稿された場合には、投稿者としても扱われることになる。
　教材タイトル：教材タイトルフィールドには、作成者が指定した教材コンテンツのタイトルが記憶されている。
　添付ファイル：添付ファイルフィールドには、作成者が教材コンテンツの一部としてアップロードしたファイルのアドレス（複数可）が記憶されている。
　キャプション：キャプションフィールドには、作成者が添付ファイルに関連して指定したキャプション（各添付ファイルに１つ以下）が記憶されている。
　教材の使い方：教材の使い方フィールドには、作成者が教材の使い方を説明した説明文が記憶されている。
　学校区分：学校区分フィールドには、教材コンテンツが対象とする学校区分の学校区分ＩＤが記憶されている。
　学年：学年フィールドには、教材コンテンツが対象とする学年の学年ＩＤが記憶されている。
　科目：科目フィールドには、教材コンテンツが対象とする科目の科目ＩＤが記憶されている。
　単元：単元フィールドには、教材コンテンツが対象とする単元の単元ＩＤが記憶されている。
　教材カテゴリ：教材カテゴリフィールドには、教材コンテンツのカテゴリを示す教材カテゴリＩＤが記憶されている。
　公開・非公開：公開・非公開フィールドには、教材コンテンツを公開するか否かを示す公開フラグが記憶されている。
　タグ：タグフィールドには、教材コンテンツに付与されるタグのタグＩＤが記憶されている。
　コメント要否：コメント要否フィールドには、教材コンテンツに対して他のユーザのコメントを求めるか否かを示すコメント要否フラグが記憶されている。
　投稿日時：投稿日時フィールドには、教材コンテンツを投稿した場合の投稿日時が記憶されている。なお、いったんアップロードした教材コンテンツを更新して再アップロードした場合には、投稿日時フィールドには、その更新日が記憶される。 The teaching material table 22 has the following fields as basic information.
Learning material ID: The learning material ID field stores an identifier assigned to the learning material content.
Creator: In the creator field, the user ID of the user who created the teaching material content is stored. This creator is also treated as a contributor when the teaching material content is posted.
Teaching material title: The title of the teaching material content designated by the creator is stored in the teaching material title field.
Attachment file: The attachment file field stores the address (s) of the file uploaded by the creator as part of the teaching material content.
Caption: The caption field stores a caption designated by the creator in relation to the attached file (one or less for each attached file).
How to use teaching materials: In the How to use teaching materials field, explanations are stored that explain how to use the teaching materials.
School division: The school division field stores the school division ID of the school division targeted by the teaching material content.
Grade: In the grade field, the grade ID of the grade targeted by the teaching material content is stored.
The subject: The subject field stores the subject ID of the subject targeted by the educational material content.
Unit: In the unit field, a unit ID of a unit targeted by the teaching material content is stored.
Learning material category: A learning material category ID indicating a learning material content category is stored in the learning material category field.
Public / non-public: In the public / non-public field, a public flag indicating whether or not the teaching material content is public is stored.
Tag: A tag ID of a tag assigned to the educational material content is stored in the tag field.
Comment Necessity / Necessity: The comment necessity / unnecessity field stores a comment necessity flag indicating whether or not another user's comment is requested for the teaching material content.
Posting date / time: The posting date / time field stores the posting date / time when the teaching material content is posted. When the uploaded educational material content is updated and re-uploaded, the update date is stored in the posting date field.
　教材テーブル２２には、変動情報として以下のフィールドが設けられている。
　教材ステータス：教材ステータスフィールドには、教材コンテンツの状態を示す教材ステータスＩＤが記憶されている。
　コメント：コメントフィールドには、教材コンテンツに対する他のユーザからのコメント、及びコメント投稿者のユーザＩＤが記憶されている。
　コメント評価数：コメント評価数フィールドには、コメントに対する他のユーザからの好評価の総数が記憶されている。
　閲覧者：閲覧者フィールドには、教材コンテンツを閲覧した他のユーザのユーザＩＤが記憶されている。
　ダウンロード者：ダウンロード者フィールドには、教材コンテンツをダウンロードした他のユーザのユーザＩＤが記憶されている。
　好評価者：好評価者フィールドには、教材コンテンツに対して好評価をしたユーザのユーザＩＤが記憶されている。
　閲覧数：閲覧数フィールドには、教材コンテンツが閲覧された回数が記憶されている。
　ダウンロード数：ダウンロード数フィールドには、教材コンテンツがダウンロードされた回数が記憶されている。
　好評価数：好評価数フィールドには、教材コンテンツに対してされた好評価の数が記憶されている。 The teaching material table 22 has the following fields as variation information.
Learning material status: The learning material status field stores a learning material status ID indicating the state of the learning material content.
Comment: In the comment field, comments from other users on the teaching material content and the user ID of the comment poster are stored.
Comment evaluation number: The comment evaluation number field stores the total number of favorable evaluations from other users for the comment.
Browser: The user ID of another user who has viewed the educational material content is stored in the browser field.
Downloader: The downloader field stores the user IDs of other users who have downloaded the teaching material contents.
Favored person: The user ID of a user who has given a good evaluation to the teaching material content is stored in the favorable person field.
Number of browsing: The number of browsing is stored in the browsing number field.
Download count: The download count field stores the number of times the teaching material contents have been downloaded.
Number of favorable evaluations: The number of favorable evaluations stores the number of favorable evaluations made for the teaching material contents.
　グループテーブル２３の各フィールド情報は、複数のユーザで構成されるグループごとに記憶されている。以下、フィールドの種類（フィールド名）とその内容を説明する。グループテーブル２３には、以下のフィールドが設けられている。
　グループ名：グループ名フィールドには、グループの名称が記憶されている。
　グループＩＤ：グループＩＤフィールドには、グループに割り当てられた識別子が記憶されている。
　参加者：参加者フィールドには、グループに参加している複数のユーザの各々のユーザＩＤが記憶されている。
　活動記録：活動記録フィールドには、活動記録ファイルのアドレスとその公開フラグが記憶されている。
　授業案：授業案フィールドには、授業案ファイルのアドレスとその公開フラグが記憶されている。
　公開ステータス：公開ステータスフィールドには、グループ自体を公開するか否かを示す公開フラグが記憶されている。 Each field information of the group table 23 is stored for each group composed of a plurality of users. Hereinafter, the types of fields (field names) and their contents will be described. The group table 23 has the following fields.
Group name: The group name field stores the name of the group.
Group ID: An identifier assigned to a group is stored in the group ID field.
Participant: In the participant field, user IDs of a plurality of users participating in the group are stored.
Activity record: The activity record field stores the address of the activity record file and its public flag.
Lesson plan: The lesson plan field stores the address of the lesson plan file and its public flag.
Public status: The public status field stores a public flag indicating whether or not to publicize the group itself.
　次に、上記の構成のデータベース２０を利用して、管理端末３０、投稿者端末４０、利用者端末５０からの入力に応じて教材共有サーバ１０において実行される各種の機能について説明する。 Next, various functions executed in the teaching material sharing server 10 in response to inputs from the management terminal 30, the poster terminal 40, and the user terminal 50 using the database 20 having the above-described configuration will be described.
（新規ユーザ登録）
　任意のユーザが教材共有システム１を利用するためには、まず、情報処理端末から教材共有サーバ１０にアクセスをしてユーザ登録をする必要がある。ユーザ登録では、新規に登録しようとするユーザは、教材共有サーバ１０から情報処理端末に提供されるユーザ登録フォームを通して、ユーザテーブル２１の基本情報に相当する情報を入力する。新規登録ユーザのユーザ登録フォームの情報が教材共有サーバ１０に送信されると、その情報は、ユーザテーブル２１に新たなレコードとして記憶されるとともに、承認処理部１７によって、教材共有サーバ１０から管理者端末３０に送信される。 (New user registration)
In order for an arbitrary user to use the learning material sharing system 1, it is necessary to first register the user by accessing the learning material sharing server 10 from the information processing terminal. In user registration, a user who is newly registered inputs information corresponding to basic information in the user table 21 through a user registration form provided from the learning material sharing server 10 to the information processing terminal. When the information of the user registration form of the newly registered user is transmitted to the learning material sharing server 10, the information is stored as a new record in the user table 21, and the approval processing unit 17 performs the management from the learning material sharing server 10 to the administrator. It is transmitted to the terminal 30.
　このとき、ユーザテーブル２１では、ユーザステータスは「承認待ち」となる。管理者端末３０を操作する管理者Ａが新規登録ユーザの登録を承認すると、その承認指示が教材共有サーバ１０に送信されて、認証処理部１７にて承認処理が行われる。このような承認を経て、ユーザは正規の登録ユーザとなることができ、承認処理部１７は、当該ユーザのユーザテーブル２１のユーザステータスを「登録」に更新する。ユーザ登録が完了した後、管理者Ａは、任意のタイミングで、ユーザ資格の停止をすることができる。このとき、管理者Ａは、管理者端末３０を操作して、承認処理部１７によって、該当するユーザのユーザテーブル２１におけるユーザステータスを「停止」に更新する。 At this time, the user status in the user table 21 is “waiting for approval”. When the administrator A who operates the administrator terminal 30 approves the registration of the newly registered user, the approval instruction is transmitted to the learning material sharing server 10 and the authentication processing unit 17 performs the approval process. Through such approval, the user can become a regular registered user, and the approval processing unit 17 updates the user status in the user table 21 of the user to “registered”. After the user registration is completed, the administrator A can stop the user qualification at an arbitrary timing. At this time, the administrator A operates the administrator terminal 30 to update the user status in the user table 21 of the corresponding user to “stop” by the approval processing unit 17.
（ログイン）
　ユーザは、情報処理端末を用いて教材共有サーバ１０にアクセスをすると、まず、教材共有サーバ１０から情報処理端末にログイン（ユーザ認証）画面が提供される。ユーザが情報処理端末の画面に表示されたログイン画面において、ユーザＩＤ及びパスワードを入力すると、その情報が教材共有サーバ１０に送信される。教材共有サーバ１０のユーザ管理部１２は、送られてきたユーザＩＤ及びパスワードの組み合わせをユーザテーブル２１と照合することで認証を行い、該当するユーザが存在し、かつ、そのユーザステータスが「登録」である場合には、当該ユーザのログインを許可して、そのユーザの情報処理端末にホーム画面を提供する。 (Login)
When the user accesses the learning material sharing server 10 using the information processing terminal, first, a login (user authentication) screen is provided from the learning material sharing server 10 to the information processing terminal. When the user inputs the user ID and password on the login screen displayed on the screen of the information processing terminal, the information is transmitted to the learning material sharing server 10. The user management unit 12 of the learning material sharing server 10 performs authentication by comparing the transmitted combination of the user ID and password with the user table 21, the corresponding user exists, and the user status is “registered”. If this is the case, the login of the user is permitted, and the home screen is provided to the information processing terminal of the user.
（ホーム画面）
　図３は、教材共有サーバ１０にログインした投稿者端末４０又は利用者端末５０の画面に表示されるホーム画面の例を示す図である。ホーム画面１００では、教材共有システム１の各種機能を実行するための指示手段として、投稿者端末４０又は利用者端末５０にてユーザが指示可能なボタン、タブ等のコマンド指示表示が提供される。ここで、「指示」とは、当該コマンド指示表示に対するクリック、タップ等の入力操作を言う。 (Home Screen)
FIG. 3 is a diagram illustrating an example of a home screen displayed on the screen of the contributor terminal 40 or the user terminal 50 logged into the learning material sharing server 10. On the home screen 100, command instruction displays such as buttons and tabs that can be instructed by the user at the contributor terminal 40 or the user terminal 50 are provided as instruction means for executing various functions of the learning material sharing system 1. Here, “instruction” refers to an input operation such as click, tap, or the like for the command instruction display.
　具体的には、図３に示すように、ホーム画面１００では、まず、ログインを許可されたユーザの顔１０１とともにニックネーム１０２が表示される。なお、ユーザ登録時にニックネームが指定されていない場合には、このニックネーム１０２の代わりに、氏名フィールドで指定された氏名（実名）を表示する。また、ホーム画面１００では、コマンド指示表示として、個人設定を変更するための個人設定ボタン１０３、ログアウトするためのログアウトボタン１０４、絞り込み検索処理を起動するための絞り込みボタン１０５、教材コンテンツの投稿処理を起動するための投稿ボタン１０６、保管箱にアクセスするための保管箱ボタン１０７、ファンになっているユーザ及びファンになってもらっているユーザの一覧を閲覧するためのファンボタン１０８、ユーザテーブル２１に記憶されている自分の情報を閲覧するためのマイページボタン１０９、自分が所属しているグループの画面に移行するためのグループボタン１１０、教材コンテンツをリクエストする機能を起動するためのリクエストボタン１１１、及びメッセージフォルダを開くためのメッセージボタン１１２が表示される。 Specifically, as shown in FIG. 3, first, on the home screen 100, a nickname 102 is displayed together with the face 101 of the user permitted to log in. If a nickname is not specified at the time of user registration, the name (real name) specified in the name field is displayed instead of the nickname 102. In addition, on the home screen 100, as a command instruction display, a personal setting button 103 for changing personal settings, a logout button 104 for logging out, a narrowing button 105 for starting narrowing search processing, and teaching material content posting processing are performed. Post button 106 for starting, storage box button 107 for accessing the storage box, fan button 108 for browsing a list of users who are fans and users who are fans, and storage in the user table 21 My page button 109 for browsing his / her information, group button 110 for shifting to the screen of the group to which he belongs, a request button 111 for starting a function for requesting teaching material contents, and Menu for opening a message folder Sage button 112 is displayed.
　さらに、ホーム画面１００は、キーワードから教材コンテンツを絞り込んで検索するためのキーワード入力フィールド１１３と、検索指示ボタン１１４を含んでいる。さらに、ホーム画面１００には、教材ステータスが「公開」となっているすべての教材コンテンツ（公開教材コンテンツ）のうちの一部の複数の教材コンテンツがパネル表示フィールド１１５にパネル１１６で表示される。パネル表示フィールド１１５は、タブで変更することができ、「全て」タブ１１７を選択すると、ランダムに公開教材コンテンツが列挙され、「新着順」タブ１１８を選択すると、新着順、すなわち投稿日が古い順に公開教材コンテンツが列挙され、「人気順」タブ１１９を選択すると、人気順、すなわち好評価数が多い順に公開教材コンテンツが列挙され、「お気に入り」タブ１２０を選択すると、当該ユーザに関連する教材コンテンツとしてユーザテーブルに記憶されている教材コンテンツのうちの教材ステータスＩＤが「自己利用」となっている他のユーザの教材コンテンツが列挙される。 Furthermore, the home screen 100 includes a keyword input field 113 for searching for material contents by narrowing down from the keyword, and a search instruction button 114. Further, on the home screen 100, a part of a plurality of teaching material contents among all the teaching material contents (public teaching material contents) whose teaching material status is “public” is displayed on the panel display field 115 on the panel 116. The panel display field 115 can be changed by a tab. When the “all” tab 117 is selected, the published teaching material contents are listed at random, and when the “new arrival order” tab 118 is selected, the new arrival order, that is, the posting date is old. The public teaching material contents are enumerated in order, and when the “Popularity” tab 119 is selected, the public teaching material contents are enumerated in order of popularity, that is, in descending order of the number of favorable evaluations. Of the learning material contents stored in the user table as content, the learning material contents of other users whose learning material status ID is “self-use” are listed.
　図４は、パネル１１６の構成の例を示す図である。各パネル１１６には、教材コンテンツのうちの添付ファイルのサムネイル画像１１６１、教材コンテンツの教材タイトル１１６２、閲覧数１１６３、ダウンロード数１１６４、及び好評価数１１６５が含まれている。添付ファイルのサムネイル画像１１６１は、投稿者が教材コンテンツをアップロードした際に自動的に生成される。添付ファイルが画像データである場合は、当該画像データがサムネイル画像とされ、添付ファイルが動画データである場合は、当該動画データの１シーンが自動的に選択されてサムネイル画像とされ、添付ファイルが音声データである場合は、あらかじめ用意された音声データ用のサムネイル画像が用いられ、添付ファイルがない場合には、あらかじめ用意された学校区分、学年、科目を示すサムネイル画像が用いられる。 FIG. 4 is a diagram illustrating an example of the configuration of the panel 116. Each panel 116 includes a thumbnail image 1161 of the attached file of the learning material contents, a learning material title 1162 of the learning material content, a browsing number 1163, a downloading number 1164, and a favorable evaluation number 1165. The thumbnail image 1161 of the attached file is automatically generated when the poster uploads the teaching material content. When the attached file is image data, the image data is a thumbnail image. When the attached file is movie data, one scene of the movie data is automatically selected as a thumbnail image, and the attached file is In the case of voice data, a thumbnail image for voice data prepared in advance is used, and when there is no attached file, a thumbnail image showing a school division, grade, and subject prepared in advance is used.
（絞り込み検索画面）
　図５は、ホーム画面１００において絞り込みボタン１０５を指示することで教材共有サーバ１０から利用者端末５０に提供される絞り込み検索画面２００の例を示す図である。絞り込み検索画面２００において、ホーム画面１００と同じ要素については、説明を省略する（以下の画面例においても同様とする）。絞り込み検索画面２００には、ホーム画面１００に戻るためのホームボタン２０１が設けられている。また、絞り込み検索画面２００には、絞り込みフィールド２１０、タグフィールド２２０、保存済条件フィールド２３０、及び履歴フィールド２４０が設けられている。 (Refine search screen)
FIG. 5 is a diagram illustrating an example of a refinement search screen 200 provided from the learning material sharing server 10 to the user terminal 50 by instructing the refinement button 105 on the home screen 100. In the refinement search screen 200, the description of the same elements as those of the home screen 100 is omitted (the same applies to the following screen examples). The refinement search screen 200 is provided with a home button 201 for returning to the home screen 100. Further, the refinement search screen 200 is provided with a refinement field 210, a tag field 220, a saved condition field 230, and a history field 240.
　利用者端末５０のユーザ（教材利用者Ｕ）は、利用者端末５０に絞り込み検索画面２００を表示して、学校区分、学年、科目、単元、教材カテゴリを任意に指定して教材コンテンツについて絞り込み検索を行うことができる。この絞り込み検索のために、絞り込みフィールド２１０には、学年を選択するため学年セレクトボックス２１１、科目を選択するための科目セレクトボックス２１２、単元を選択するための単元セレクトボックス２１３、及び教材カテゴリを選択するための教材カテゴリセレクトボックス２１４が設けられている。また、絞り込みフィールド２１０には、絞り込み検索条件を保存する際の保存名を入力するための保存名入力フィールド２１６と保存指示ボタン２１７が設けられている。 The user of the user terminal 50 (the learning material user U) displays the refined search screen 200 on the user terminal 50, and refines the educational content by specifying the school division, grade, subject, unit, and educational material category arbitrarily. It can be performed. For this refinement search, the refinement field 210 includes a grade selection box 211 for selecting a grade, a subject selection box 212 for selecting a subject, a unit selection box 213 for selecting a unit, and a teaching material category. A teaching material category select box 214 is provided. The refinement field 210 is provided with a save name input field 216 and a save instruction button 217 for inputting a save name when saving the refinement search condition.
　タグフィールド２２０には、各種のタグ２２１とそのタグが付された公開教材コンテンツの数２２２が設けられている。保存済条件フィールド２３０には、保存済みの複数の絞り込み検索条件２３１が順に保存名で表示されている。履歴フィールド２４０には、複数の絞り込み検索の履歴２４１が、順に、絞り込み検索条件を列挙する形式で表示されている。 The tag field 220 is provided with various tags 221 and the number 222 of teaching material contents to which the tags are attached. In the saved condition field 230, a plurality of saved search refinement conditions 231 are displayed in order with saved names. In the history field 240, a plurality of refinement search histories 241 are displayed in the form of listing refinement search conditions in order.
（絞り込み検索）
　教材利用者Ｕは、絞り込みフィールド２１０を用いて任意の絞り込み検索条件による絞り込み検索を行うことができる。教材利用者Ｕは、各セレクトボックス２１１～２１４においてプルダウンリストを展開することで、各種マスタテーブル２４にあらかじめ用意された選択肢のいずれかを選択することができる。教材利用者Ｕがセレクトボックス２１１で選択をした後に、絞り込み実行ボタン２１５を指示すると、セレクトボックス２１１における選択内容が絞り込み検索条件として利用者端末５０から教材共有サーバ１０に送信される。教材共有サーバ１０の利用処理部１４は、この絞り込み検索条件を受信すると、教材テーブル２２から当該絞り込み検索条件に合致する教材コンテンツの情報を取得し、後述する検索結果画面３００（図６参照）を作成して、利用者端末５０に返す。 (Refine search)
The learning material user U can use the refinement field 210 to perform a refinement search using an arbitrary refinement search condition. The learning material user U can select one of the options prepared in advance in the various master tables 24 by expanding the pull-down list in each of the select boxes 211 to 214. When the teaching material user U selects the selection execution button 215 after selecting with the selection box 211, the selection content in the selection box 211 is transmitted from the user terminal 50 to the learning material sharing server 10 as a filtering search condition. When the use processing unit 14 of the learning material sharing server 10 receives the narrowing search condition, the usage processing unit 14 acquires information on learning material content that matches the narrowing search condition from the learning material table 22, and displays a search result screen 300 (see FIG. 6) described later. Create and return to user terminal 50.
（絞り込み検索条件の保存）
　教材利用者Ｕが、各セレクトボックス２１１～２１４において絞り込み検索条件を指定した後に、保存名フィールド２１６に保存名をテキスト入力して保存実行ボタン２１７を指示すると、利用処理部１４は、指定された絞り込み検索条件を、当該ユーザのユーザテーブル２１の保存絞り込み条件フィールドに記憶させる。絞り込み検索画面２００の保存済条件フィールド２３０には、この保存絞り込み条件フィールドに記憶された絞り込み検索条件の保存名２３１が表示される。このとき、新しく保存されるか実行された絞り込み検索条件が上位になるように、保存順位が付与され、保存済み条件フィールド２３０では、保存順位が上位の絞り込み検索条件の保存名２３１を上から順に表示する。 (Save refined search conditions)
When the learning material user U designates a narrow search condition in each of the select boxes 211 to 214 and then inputs a save name in the save name field 216 and instructs the save execution button 217, the use processing unit 14 specifies the designated narrow down. The search condition is stored in the storage refinement condition field of the user table 21 of the user. In the saved condition field 230 of the refinement search screen 200, the saved name 231 of the refinement search condition stored in the saved refinement condition field is displayed. At this time, the storage order is assigned so that the refined search condition that has been newly saved or executed is higher, and in the saved condition field 230, the storage name 231 of the refinement search condition with the highest storage order is listed in order from the top. indicate.
（タグ検索）
　教材利用者Ｕが、タグフィールド２２０に表示されるいずれかのタグ２２１を指示すると、利用処理部１４は、指示されたタグ２２１が付与された教材コンテンツを教材テーブル２２から検索する。 (Tag search)
When the learning material user U indicates one of the tags 221 displayed in the tag field 220, the usage processing unit 14 searches the learning material table 22 for the learning material content to which the specified tag 221 is assigned.
（保存済条件検索）
　教材利用者Ｕが、保存済条件フィールド２３０に示されたいずれかの保存名２３１を指示すると、利用処理部１４は、当該保存名２３１で保存されている絞り込み検索条件をユーザテーブル２１から読み出して、その絞り込み検索条件による絞り込み検索を行う。 (Saved condition search)
When the learning material user U designates one of the saved names 231 indicated in the saved condition field 230, the usage processing unit 14 reads out the refinement search condition saved with the saved name 231 from the user table 21. Then, a refinement search is performed according to the refinement search condition.
（履歴の保存と実行）
　利用処理部１４は、教材利用者Ｕが絞り込み検索画面２００を用いて絞り込み検索を行うと、その絞り込み検索条件を検索履歴として当該ユーザのユーザテーブル２１の検索履歴フィールドに記憶させる。絞り込み検索画面２００の履歴フィールド２４０には、ユーザテーブル２１の検索履歴フィールドに記憶された検索履歴が表示される。このとき、新しく実行された巻絡履歴が上位になるように、保存順位が付与され、履歴フィールド２４０では、保存順位が上位の検索履歴２４１を上から順に表示する。 (History saving and execution)
When the learning material user U performs a refinement search using the refinement search screen 200, the use processing unit 14 stores the refinement search condition as a search history in the search history field of the user table 21 of the user. In the history field 240 of the refinement search screen 200, the search history stored in the search history field of the user table 21 is displayed. At this time, the storage order is assigned so that the newly executed winding history becomes higher, and the search history 241 with the highest storage order is displayed in order from the top in the history field 240.
（検索結果画面）
　図６は、検索を行って絞り込まれた教材コンテンツを示すための検索結果画面の例を示す図である。教材利用者Ｕが絞り込み検索画面２００において、絞り込み検索を指示すると、利用処理部１４は、データベース２０の教材テーブル２２について検索を実行して、検索結果画面３００には、検索結果フィールド３１０が設けられている。検索結果フィールド３１０には、検索条件に合致した教材コンテンツの数３１１と、教材コンテンツのパネル３１２が表示される。また、検索結果フィールド３１０には、検索結果フィールド３１０に表示しきれなかった教材コンテンツをさらに見るための展開指示ボタン３１３も設けられる。 (Search result screen)
FIG. 6 is a diagram showing an example of a search result screen for showing teaching material contents narrowed down by performing a search. When the learning material user U instructs a refinement search on the refinement search screen 200, the use processing unit 14 executes a search for the educational material table 22 of the database 20, and the search result screen 300 is provided with a search result field 310. ing. In the search result field 310, the number 311 of teaching material contents that match the search conditions and a panel 312 of teaching material contents are displayed. Further, the search result field 310 is also provided with a development instruction button 313 for further viewing the teaching material content that could not be displayed in the search result field 310.
（キーワード検索）
　画面１００、２００、３００には、キーワード検索をするためのキーワード入力フィールド１１３と検索指示ボタン１１４が設けられている。利用者端末５０において、このキーワード入力フィールドに任意のキーワードが入力されて検索指示ボタン１１４が指示されると、このキーワードが利用者端末５０から教材共有サーバ１０に送信され、教材共有サーバ１０の利用処理部１４は、このキーワードを用いて教材テーブル２２を検索して、当該キーワードを含む教材コンテンツを抽出する。 (Keyword search)
The screens 100, 200, and 300 are provided with a keyword input field 113 and a search instruction button 114 for keyword search. In the user terminal 50, when an arbitrary keyword is input in the keyword input field and the search instruction button 114 is instructed, the keyword is transmitted from the user terminal 50 to the learning material sharing server 10, and the use of the learning material sharing server 10 is performed. The processing unit 14 searches the learning material table 22 using this keyword, and extracts learning material content including the keyword.
　このとき、教材テーブル２２に対するキーワード検索では、教材コンテンツのタイトルや資料の使い方だけでなく、添付ファイルの内容も検索対象となる。また、利用処理部１４は、キーワード検索時には入力された言葉と類似する意味の言葉を含む教材コンテンツも抽出する。例えば、漢数字の「一」が入力された場合にはローマ数字の「１」を含む教材コンテンツも抽出し、片仮名の「ビール」が入力された場合には英語の「Ｂｅｅｒ」を含む教材コンテンツも抽出する。 At this time, in the keyword search for the teaching material table 22, not only the title of the teaching material content and how to use the materials, but also the contents of the attached file are searched. Further, the use processing unit 14 also extracts teaching material contents including words having a meaning similar to the input words at the time of keyword search. For example, if the Chinese numeral “1” is input, the teaching material content including the Roman numeral “1” is also extracted, and if the katakana “beer” is input, the teaching material content including the English “Beer” is extracted. Also extract.
　教材利用者Ｕがキーワード入力フィールド１１３に任意の文字を入力した際には、検索指示ボタン１１４を指示する前であっても、当該入力されたテキストが適宜利用者端末５０から教材共有サーバ１０に送信され、利用処理部１４は、新しくテキストを受けるたびに教材テーブルを検索して、検索回数の多いキーワード候補、入力した文字から想定されるユーザ名及びタグを随時利用者端末５０に返すことで、利用者端末５０においては、それらがキーワードの候補として表示される。これにより、教材利用者Ｕの入力作業を軽減し、検索の質向上をサポートする。 When the learning material user U inputs an arbitrary character in the keyword input field 113, the input text is appropriately transmitted from the user terminal 50 to the learning material sharing server 10 even before the search instruction button 114 is specified. The received processing unit 14 searches the teaching material table every time a new text is received, and returns to the user terminal 50 the keyword candidates that are frequently searched and the user name and tag that are assumed from the input characters as needed. In the user terminal 50, they are displayed as keyword candidates. Thereby, the input work of the teaching material user U is reduced, and the search quality is supported.
（閲覧）
　利用者端末５０において、画面１００、３００の教材コンテンツのパネル１１６、３１２を指示すると、その指示が利用要求として教材共有サーバ１０に送信され、当該教材コンテンツの詳細を示す閲覧画面が教材共有サーバ１０から利用者端末５０に提供され、利用者端末５０にて閲覧画面を閲覧することができる。また、このとき、教材共有サーバ１０の利用処理部１４は、閲覧の指示がされた教材コンテンツの教材テーブルの閲覧者フィールドに教材利用者ＵのユーザＩＤを追加して、閲覧数フィールドの閲覧数をカウントアップする。 (Browsing)
When the user terminal 50 instructs the teaching material content panels 116 and 312 on the screens 100 and 300, the instruction is transmitted to the learning material sharing server 10 as a use request, and a browsing screen showing details of the teaching material content is displayed. Is provided to the user terminal 50, and the browsing screen can be viewed on the user terminal 50. At this time, the use processing unit 14 of the learning material sharing server 10 adds the user ID of the learning material user U to the browsing field of the learning material table of the learning material content for which browsing is instructed, and the number of browsing in the browsing number field. Count up.
　図７は、閲覧画面の例を示す図である。閲覧画面４００では、教材テーブル２２に記憶されている情報が表示される。具体的には、閲覧画面４００には、教材コンテンツの基本情報として、当該教材コンテンツが対象とする学校区分４０１、学年４０２、科目４０３、単元４０４、及び教材タイトル４０５が示される。また、教材テーブル２２に記憶されている変動情報として、閲覧数４０６、ダウンロード数４０７、好評価数４０８が示される。 FIG. 7 is a diagram showing an example of a browsing screen. On the browsing screen 400, information stored in the learning material table 22 is displayed. Specifically, the browsing screen 400 shows the school classification 401, the grade 402, the subject 403, the unit 404, and the teaching material title 405 targeted by the teaching material content as basic information of the teaching material content. In addition, as the variation information stored in the teaching material table 22, the browsing number 406, the downloading number 407, and the favorable evaluation number 408 are shown.
　また、閲覧画面４００には、当該教材コンテンツの投稿者を示す投稿者フィールド４０９が設けられ、投稿者フィールド４０９では顔４１０とニックネーム４１１が表示される。投稿者フィールド４０９には、さらに、当該投稿者のファンになるための指示ボタン４１２が設けられている。 In addition, on the browsing screen 400, a contributor field 409 indicating a contributor of the teaching material content is provided. In the contributor field 409, a face 410 and a nickname 411 are displayed. The poster field 409 is further provided with an instruction button 412 for becoming a fan of the poster.
　また、閲覧画面４００には、当該教材コンテンツの添付ファイルの内容を表示する添付ファイル表示部４１３が設けられる。添付ファイルが複数ある場合には、それらを順送りで表示する。添付ファイル表示部４１３では、添付ファイルが画像ファイルである場合には、当該画像ファイルをそのまま表示し、添付ファイルが動画ファイルである場合には、その代表シーンの静止画と再生ボタンを表示し、添付ファイルが音声ファイルであるときは、音楽ファイルであることを示す所定の画像と再生ボタンを表示する。添付ファイルが所定の文書作成ソフトや表計算ソフト等のアプリケーションのファイルであるときは、閲覧画面４００では、そのアプリケーション名（拡張子から判断する）、そのファイル名、あるいはその一部を画像として表示してよい。この添付ファイル表示部４１３には、当該添付ファイルについてのキャプションがある場合には、キャプションが重畳表示される。 In addition, the browsing screen 400 is provided with an attached file display unit 413 for displaying the contents of the attached file of the teaching material content. If there are multiple attachments, they are displayed in order. In the attached file display unit 413, when the attached file is an image file, the image file is displayed as it is. When the attached file is a moving image file, a still image of the representative scene and a playback button are displayed. When the attached file is an audio file, a predetermined image indicating a music file and a playback button are displayed. When the attached file is a file of an application such as predetermined document creation software or spreadsheet software, the browsing screen 400 displays the application name (determined from the extension), the file name, or a part thereof as an image. You can do it. In the attached file display unit 413, when there is a caption for the attached file, the caption is superimposed and displayed.
　閲覧画面４００には、さらに、表示されている教材コンテンツを印刷するための印刷指示ボタン４１４、添付ファイルを一括して利用者端末５０にダウンロードするための一括ダウンロードボタン４１５、表示されている教材コンテンツを自己利用のために保管するための教材コンテンツ保管ボタン４１６、添付ファイルのみを自己利用のために保管するための添付ファイル保管ボタン４１７と、表示されている教材コンテンツに好評価を与えるための評価ボタン４１８が設けられている。 The browsing screen 400 further includes a print instruction button 414 for printing the displayed teaching material content, a batch download button 415 for downloading the attached files to the user terminal 50 in batch, and the displayed teaching material content. Teaching material content storage button 416 for storing the content for self-use, attached file storage button 417 for storing only the attached file for self-use, and evaluation for giving a favorable evaluation to the displayed teaching material content A button 418 is provided.
　また、閲覧画面４００には、資料の使い方４１９が表示される。さらに、閲覧画面４００には、コメント欄４２０が設けられる。コメント欄４２０には、当該教材コンテンツに対してした他のユーザのコメント４２１が、当該他のユーザの顔４２２及びニックネーム４２３とともに表示される。このコメント４２１には、教材利用者Ｕが当該コメントが参考になったとして評価をするための評価ボタン４２４、及び逆に当該コメントに問題があるとして管理者端末３０に通報するための通報ボタン４２５が設けられる。さらに、コメント欄４２０には、教材利用者Ｕ自身がコメントを投稿するためのコメント記入ボックス４２５、及びコメント記入ボックス４２６に入力したコメントを送信するための送信ボタン４２７が設けられる。なお、投稿時に後述する意見の要否として「意見を求めない」が選択されている場合には（図９参照）、このコメント欄４２０は閲覧画面４００に含まれない。 In addition, the browsing screen 400 displays how to use the material 419. Furthermore, the viewing screen 400 is provided with a comment field 420. In the comment column 420, other user's comments 421 on the educational material content are displayed together with the other user's face 422 and nickname 423. The comment 421 includes an evaluation button 424 for the teaching material user U to evaluate the comment as a reference, and conversely, a notification button 425 for reporting to the administrator terminal 30 that there is a problem with the comment. Is provided. Further, the comment column 420 is provided with a comment entry box 425 for posting a comment by the learning material user U himself and a send button 427 for sending the comment input in the comment entry box 426. Note that when “do not request an opinion” is selected as the necessity of an opinion to be described later at the time of posting (see FIG. 9), the comment field 420 is not included in the browsing screen 400.
　なお、教材コンテンツの閲覧画面４００に、当該教材コンテンツに関連する教材コンテンツのレコメンドを含めてもよい。レコメンドされる教材コンテンツは、閲覧している教材コンテンツに最も近い教材コンテンツ、あるいは、閲覧している教材コンテンツに近く、かつ評価の高い教材コンテンツであってよく、１つまたは複数であってよい。 Note that the teaching material content browsing screen 400 may include a teaching material content recommendation related to the teaching material content. The recommended teaching material content may be teaching material content closest to the browsing teaching material content or teaching material content that is close to the browsing teaching material content and highly evaluated, and may be one or more.
（ユーザ間の繋がり）
　教材利用者Ｕは、指示ボタン４１２を指示することで、この教材コンテンツの投稿者のファンになることができる。指示ボタン４１２が指示されると、利用者端末５０からその旨の指示が教材共有サーバ１０に送信される。教材共有サーバ１０のユーザ管理部１２は、この指示を受けると、教材利用者Ｕのユーザテーブル２１の「ファンになっている」フィールドに当該教材コンテンツの教材投稿者ＰのユーザＩＤを追加し、かつ、当該教材投稿者Ｐのユーザテーブル２１の「ファンになってくれている」のフィールドに、当該教材利用者ＵのユーザＩＤを追加する。 (Connection between users)
The teaching material user U can become a fan of the poster of the teaching material content by instructing the instruction button 412. When the instruction button 412 is instructed, an instruction to that effect is transmitted from the user terminal 50 to the learning material sharing server 10. Upon receiving this instruction, the user management unit 12 of the learning material sharing server 10 adds the user ID of the learning material poster P of the learning material content to the “being a fan” field of the user table 21 of the learning material user U, In addition, the user ID of the learning material user U is added to the field “I am a fan” of the user table 21 of the learning material poster P.
（印刷出力）
　印刷指示ボタン４１４を指示すると、その指示が利用要求として利用者端末５０から教材共有サーバ１０に送信され、教材共有サーバ１０の利用処理部１４は、表示されている教材コンテンツを印刷して用いるための印刷用文書データを作成して、利用者端末５０に提供する。また、利用処理部１４は、この教材コンテンツの教材テーブル２２のダウンロード者フィールドに教材利用者ＵのユーザＩＤを追加して、ダウンロード数フィールドのダウンロード回数をカウントアップする。 (Print output)
When the print instruction button 414 is instructed, the instruction is transmitted as a use request from the user terminal 50 to the learning material sharing server 10, and the use processing unit 14 of the learning material sharing server 10 prints and uses the displayed learning material content. Is created and provided to the user terminal 50. Further, the use processing unit 14 adds the user ID of the learning material user U to the downloader field of the learning material table 22 of the learning material content, and counts up the number of downloads in the download number field.
　印刷用文書データは、閲覧画面４００の内容のうち、実際に授業等に用いる際に必要な内容のみを配置して生成される。例えば、図７の例では、利用処理部１４は、学校区分４０１、学年４０２、科目４０３、単元４０４、教材カテゴリ４０５、及び後述する資料の使い方４１９を所定のサイズ内に配置し、また、添付ファイルについては、複数ある場合には、それらをすべて展開して配置することで印刷用文書データを作成する。 The document data for printing is generated by arranging only the contents necessary for actual use in a class or the like out of the contents of the browsing screen 400. For example, in the example of FIG. 7, the usage processing unit 14 arranges the school division 401, the grade 402, the subject 403, the unit 404, the teaching material category 405, and the material usage 419 described below within a predetermined size, and is attached. If there are a plurality of files, the document data for printing is created by expanding and arranging them.
　この印刷用文書データを受けた利用者端末５０は、プリンタドライバを起動し、当該印刷用文書データをプリンタドライバに渡す。教材利用者Ｕは、プリンタドライバにプリント指示をすることで、印刷用文書データを印刷（プリント）することができる。また、教材利用者Ｕは、教材共有サーバ１０から利用者端末５０に送信されてきた印刷用文書データを利用者端末５０に保存することもできる。 Upon receiving this print document data, the user terminal 50 activates the printer driver and passes the print document data to the printer driver. The teaching material user U can print (print) the document data for printing by giving a print instruction to the printer driver. The learning material user U can also save the printing document data transmitted from the learning material sharing server 10 to the user terminal 50 in the user terminal 50.
（添付ファイルの一括ダウンロード）
　一括ダウンロードボタン４１５を指示すると、その指示が利用要求として利用者端末５０から教材共有サーバ１０に送信され、教材共有サーバ１０は、表示されている教材コンテンツのすべての添付ファイルをファイル記憶部２５から読み出して利用者端末５０に送信する。これによって、利用者端末５０では、教材共有サーバ１０から添付ファイルをダウンロードすることができる。 (Batch download of attached files)
When the batch download button 415 is instructed, the instruction is transmitted as a use request from the user terminal 50 to the learning material sharing server 10, and the learning material sharing server 10 sends all attached files of the displayed learning material content from the file storage unit 25. Read out and transmit to the user terminal 50. As a result, the user terminal 50 can download the attached file from the learning material sharing server 10.
（教材コンテンツの保管）
　教材コンテンツ保管ボタン４１６を指示すると、その指示が利用要求として利用者端末５０から教材共有サーバ１０に送信され、教材共有サーバ１０のユーザ管理部１２は、教材利用者Ｕのユーザテーブル２１の教材コンテンツフィールドに、当該教材コンテンツの教材ＩＤを追加する。このとき、教材ステータスは「自己利用」とする。 (Storage of teaching material contents)
When the teaching material content storage button 416 is instructed, the instruction is transmitted as a use request from the user terminal 50 to the learning material sharing server 10, and the user management unit 12 of the learning material sharing server 10 stores the teaching material content in the user table 21 of the learning material user U. The learning material ID of the learning material content is added to the field. At this time, the teaching material status is “self-use”.
（添付ファイルの保管）
　添付ファイル保管ボタン４１７を指示すると、その指示が利用要求として利用者端末５０から教材共有サーバ１０に送信され、教材共有サーバ１０のユーザ管理部１２は、教材利用者Ｕのユーザテーブル２１の保管添付ファイルフィールドに、当該教材コンテンツの添付ファイルのファイル記憶部２５におけるアドレスを追加する。 (Storage of attached files)
When the attached file storage button 417 is instructed, the instruction is transmitted as a use request from the user terminal 50 to the learning material sharing server 10, and the user management unit 12 of the learning material sharing server 10 stores and attaches the user table 21 of the learning material user U. The address in the file storage unit 25 of the attached file of the teaching material content is added to the file field.
（教材コンテンツに対する評価）
　評価ボタン４１８を指示すると、その旨の指示が利用者端末５０から教材共有サーバ１０に送信され、教材共有サーバ１０の利用処理部１４は、この教材コンテンツの教材テーブル２２の好評価者フィールドに教材利用者ＵのユーザＩＤを追加し、好評価数フィールドをカウントアップする。 (Evaluation of teaching material contents)
When the evaluation button 418 is instructed, an instruction to that effect is transmitted from the user terminal 50 to the educational material sharing server 10, and the usage processing unit 14 of the educational material sharing server 10 stores the educational material in the favorable evaluation person field of the educational material table 22 of the educational material content. The user ID of the user U is added, and the favorable evaluation number field is counted up.
（教材コンテンツにコメント及びそれに対する評価）
　教材利用者Ｕがコメント記入ボックス４２５に教材コンテンツに対するコメントをテキスト入力して送信ボタン４２６を指示（投稿）すると、利用者端末５０から当該コメントが教材共有サーバ５０に送信される。教材共有サーバ５０の利用処理部１４は、受信したコメントと当該教材利用者ＵのユーザＩＤを教材テーブル２２のコメントフィールドに追加する。これによって、当該教材コンテンツの閲覧画面は更新されて、投稿されたコメントとそのコメントを投稿したユーザの顔が追加される。 (Comment on teaching material content and evaluation for it)
When the learning material user U inputs a comment on the learning material content in the comment entry box 425 and instructs (posts) the transmission button 426, the comment is transmitted from the user terminal 50 to the learning material sharing server 50. The use processing unit 14 of the learning material sharing server 50 adds the received comment and the user ID of the learning material user U to the comment field of the learning material table 22. Thereby, the browsing screen of the teaching material content is updated, and the posted comment and the face of the user who posted the comment are added.
　教材利用者Ｕは、さらに他人のコメントに対して、評価及び通報を行うことができる。閲覧画面４００において、教材利用者Ｕが評価ボタン４２３を指示すると、その指示が利用者端末５０から教材共有サーバ１０に送信される。教材共有サーバ１０の利用処理部１４は、当該教材コンテンツの教材テーブル２２のコメント評価数フィールドの好評価数をカウントアップする。また、教材利用者Ｕが他人のコメントに対して通報ボタン４２４を指示すると、その指示（通報）が利用者端末５０から教材共有サーバ１０に送信される。教材共有サーバ１０のサーバ制御部１１は、この通報を受けると、管理者端末３０に、当該コメントに対して通報があった旨を通知する。管理者Ａは、この通知を受けてコメントを確認し、必要に応じて当該コメントを削除することができる。 Teaching material user U can further evaluate and report other people's comments. When the learning material user U instructs the evaluation button 423 on the browsing screen 400, the instruction is transmitted from the user terminal 50 to the learning material sharing server 10. The use processing unit 14 of the learning material sharing server 10 counts up the number of favorable evaluations in the comment evaluation number field of the learning material content learning material table 22. Further, when the learning material user U instructs the notification button 424 for another person's comment, the instruction (report) is transmitted from the user terminal 50 to the learning material sharing server 10. Upon receiving this report, the server control unit 11 of the learning material sharing server 10 notifies the administrator terminal 30 that there has been a report for the comment. The administrator A receives this notification, confirms the comment, and can delete the comment as necessary.
　なお、同様の通報機能が、各教材コンテンツや後述する各グループに対しても設けられていてよい。すなわち、教材コンテンツの閲覧画面４００（図７参照）やグループ画面９００（図１８参照）に、通報ボタン４２４と同様の機能を有する通報ボタンが設けられていてもよい。 It should be noted that a similar reporting function may be provided for each teaching material content and each group described later. That is, a notification button having the same function as the notification button 424 may be provided on the teaching material content browsing screen 400 (see FIG. 7) or the group screen 900 (see FIG. 18).
（投稿）
　図８及び図９は、ホーム画面１００において投稿ボタン１０６を指示するとことで教材共有サーバ１０から投稿者端末４０に提供される投稿画面５００の例を示す図である。図８の投稿画面と図９の投稿画面とはつながっており、投稿者端末４０にてスクロールバーをスクロールすることで連続的に見ることができる。 (Post)
8 and 9 are diagrams illustrating examples of a posting screen 500 provided to the poster terminal 40 from the learning material sharing server 10 by instructing the posting button 106 on the home screen 100. The posting screen of FIG. 8 and the posting screen of FIG. 9 are connected, and can be continuously viewed by scrolling the scroll bar on the poster terminal 40.
（添付ファイルのアップロード）
　投稿画面５００には、添付ファイルをアップロードするための各種のボタン５０１～５０３及びドロップボックス５０４が設けられている。教材投稿者Ｐが添付ファイルをフォルダから選択するためのフォルダ選択ボタン５０１を指示すると、投稿者端末４０の任意のフォルダを選択するためのウィンドウが立ち上がり、教材投稿者Ｐが任意のフォルダを選択して、その中のファイルを選択して指示すると、当該ファイルが投稿者端末４０から教材共有サーバ１０にアップロードされて、投稿処理部１３は、教材コンテンツに当該ファイルを添付する。 (Upload attachment)
The posting screen 500 is provided with various buttons 501 to 503 and a drop box 504 for uploading attached files. When the educational material poster P instructs the folder selection button 501 for selecting an attached file from a folder, a window for selecting an arbitrary folder on the poster terminal 40 is launched, and the educational material poster P selects an arbitrary folder. When a file is selected and instructed, the file is uploaded from the poster terminal 40 to the learning material sharing server 10, and the posting processing unit 13 attaches the file to the learning material content.
　教材投稿者Ｐが添付ファイルを保管箱から選択するための保管箱選択ボタン５０２を指示すると、その指示が投稿者端末４０から教材共有サーバ１０に送信される。教材共有サーバ１０の投稿処理部１３は、教材投稿者Ｐのユーザテーブル２１の保管添付ファイルフィールドを参照して、当該教材投稿者Ｐの保管箱に保管してあるに添付ファイルのリストを投稿者端末４０に返す。投稿者端末４０でこのリストを表示し、そのいずれかが選択されると、投稿処理部１３は、教材コンテンツに当該ファイルを添付する。 When the educational material poster P instructs the storage box selection button 502 for selecting an attached file from the storage box, the instruction is transmitted from the poster terminal 40 to the educational material sharing server 10. The posting processing unit 13 of the learning material sharing server 10 refers to the storage attached file field of the user table 21 of the learning material poster P, and posts the list of attached files stored in the storage box of the learning material poster P. Return to terminal 40. When this list is displayed on the poster terminal 40 and one of the lists is selected, the posting processing unit 13 attaches the file to the teaching material content.
　教材投稿者Ｐが添付ファイルとしての画像ファイルを撮影によって作成するための撮影ボタン５０３を指示すると、投稿者端末４０に付属しているカメラが起動する。教材投稿者Ｐがカメラを操作して撮影を行い、それによって生成された画像を選択すると、当該画像ファイルが投稿者端末４０から教材共有サーバ１０にアップロードされて、投稿処理部１３は、教材コンテンツに当該ファイルを添付する。 When the educational material poster P designates a shooting button 503 for creating an image file as an attached file by shooting, the camera attached to the poster terminal 40 is activated. When the educational material poster P operates the camera to take a picture and selects an image generated thereby, the image file is uploaded from the poster terminal 40 to the educational material sharing server 10, and the post processing unit 13 Attach the file to.
　教材投稿者Ｐが投稿者端末４０の任意のファイルをドロップボックス５０４にドラッグアンドドロップすると、当該ファイルが投稿者端末４０から教材共有サーバ１０にアップロードされて、投稿処理部１３は、教材コンテンツに当該ファイルを添付する。 When the educational material poster P drags and drops an arbitrary file on the poster terminal 40 to the drop box 504, the file is uploaded from the poster terminal 40 to the educational material sharing server 10, and the post processing unit 13 applies the educational content to the educational material content. Attach a file.
　教材コンテンツに添付されたファイルの画像が、そのファイル名とともに添付済ファイル表示部５０５に表示される。このとき、保管箱から選択した他のユーザの添付ファイルが添付される場合には、当該ファイルに丸囲みの「Ｃ」のマーク（著作権所有を示すマーク）とともに、その添付ファイルの元の投稿者のニックネームが添付ファイルを示す画像に重畳表示される。 The image of the file attached to the teaching material content is displayed on the attached file display unit 505 together with the file name. At this time, when an attachment file of another user selected from the storage box is attached, the original post of the attachment file is attached to the file together with a circled “C” mark (mark indicating copyright ownership). The person's nickname is superimposed on the image showing the attached file.
　各添付済ファイル表示部５０５には、添付ファイルを編集するための編集ボタン５０６及び添付ファイルに付加するキャプションを入力するためのキャプションボックス５０７が設けられる。編集ボタン５０６を指示することで、教材投稿者Ｐは、添付ファイルに対して、その一部をマスクする編集を行うことができる。添付ファイルの編集及びキャプションの付加については後述する。 Each attached file display section 505 is provided with an edit button 506 for editing an attached file and a caption box 507 for inputting a caption to be added to the attached file. By instructing the edit button 506, the educational material poster P can perform editing by masking a part of the attached file. The editing of attached files and the addition of captions will be described later.
　投稿画面５００には、タイトル入力ボックス５０８が設けられる。教材投稿者Ｐは、このタイトル入力ボックス５０８内に教材コンテンツのタイトルをテキスト入力することができる。また、投稿画面５００には、資料の使い方を記入するための使い方記入ボックス５０９が設けられる。教材投稿者Ｐは、この使い方記入ボックス５０９に添付ファイルの使い方や授業案や添付ファイルの説明等を記入する。また、使い方記入ボックス５０９の近くには、発問ボタン５１０が設けられる。発問ボタン５１０の使い方については後述する。 The posting screen 500 is provided with a title input box 508. The educational material poster P can input the title of the educational material content in the title input box 508. In addition, the posting screen 500 is provided with a usage entry box 509 for entering how to use the material. The educational material poster P enters the usage of the attached file, the lesson plan, the explanation of the attached file, etc. in this usage entry box 509. Also, an inquiry button 510 is provided near the usage entry box 509. How to use the question button 510 will be described later.
　図９に示すように、投稿画面５００には、さらに、投稿する教材コンテンツが対象とする学校区分、学年、科目、単元、及び教材コンテンツの教材カテゴリを選択するセレクトボックス５１１～５１５が設けられている。教材投稿者Ｐは、各セレクトボックス５１１～５１５においてプルダウンリストを展開することで、各種マスタテーブル２４にあらかじめ用意された選択肢のいずれかを選択することができる。 As shown in FIG. 9, the posting screen 500 is further provided with select boxes 511 to 515 for selecting the school division, grade, subject, unit, and teaching material category of the teaching material content targeted by the teaching material content to be posted. . The educational material poster P can select one of the options prepared in advance in the various master tables 24 by expanding the pull-down list in each of the select boxes 511 to 515.
　投稿画面５００には、さらに、教材コンテンツを公開するか非公開とするかを選択するラジオボタン５１６、各種マスタテーブル２４にあらかじめ用意された複数の種類のタグボタン５１７、及び教材コンテンツに対する他のユーザの意見を求めるか否かを選択するラジオボタン５１８が設けられている。教材コンテンツがアップロードされたときには、このラジオボタン５１８の選択に従って、その教材コンテンツのコメント要否フィールドのコメント要否フラグが決定される。タグボタン５１７は、選択するとボタンの色が変化し、選択中であることが分かるようになっている。教材コンテンツを投稿する際に、さらに、当該教材コンテンツに関連する「地域」という属性を指定可能であってもよい。 The posting screen 500 further includes a radio button 516 for selecting whether the teaching material content is to be disclosed or not, a plurality of types of tag buttons 517 prepared in advance in various master tables 24, and other users for the teaching material content. A radio button 518 is provided for selecting whether or not to request an opinion. When the learning material content is uploaded, the comment necessity flag in the comment necessity field of the learning material content is determined according to the selection of the radio button 518. When the tag button 517 is selected, the color of the button changes so that it can be seen that it is being selected. When posting educational material content, an attribute “region” related to the educational material content may be specified.
（法的問題についての注意喚起）
　投稿画面５００には、投稿ボタン５１９と保管箱に保存するための保管ボタン５２０が設けられている。図１０は、教材投稿者Ｐが投稿ボタン５１９と保管ボタン５２０のいずれかを指示することで開始されるアップロードの処理のフローチャートである。教材投稿者Ｐが投稿ボタン５１９を指示すると（ステップＳ１０１にて「投稿」）、その指示とともに公開／非公開の指定情報が投稿者端末４０から教材共有サーバ１０に送信される。教材共有サーバ１０の投稿処理部１３は、この指示を受け、かつ、「公開」が指定されている場合には（ステップＳ１０２にて「公開」）、著作権及び肖像権に関する注意喚起のためのポップアップを投稿者端末４０に返し、投稿者端末４０ではこの注意喚起ポップアップが表示される（ステップＳ１０３）。 (Warning about legal issues)
The posting screen 500 is provided with a posting button 519 and a storage button 520 for storing in a storage box. FIG. 10 is a flowchart of the upload process started when the educational material poster P instructs one of the post button 519 and the storage button 520. When the educational material poster P instructs the posting button 519 (“post” in step S101), public / private designation information is transmitted from the poster terminal 40 to the educational material sharing server 10 together with the instruction. When the posting processing unit 13 of the learning material sharing server 10 receives this instruction and “public” is designated (“public” in step S102), the post processing unit 13 is used to alert the copyright and portrait rights. The pop-up is returned to the poster terminal 40, and the alert pop-up is displayed on the poster terminal 40 (step S103).
　図１１は、投稿画面５００上に表示される注意喚起ポップアップ５２１の例を示す図である。注意喚起ポップアップ５２１には、投稿内容に著作権や肖像権の問題がないかを教材投稿者Ｐに確認させるメッセージ５２２と、教材投稿者Ｐが問題なしとの意思表示をするためのボタン５２３と、教材投稿者Ｐが著作権や肖像権の問題の有無について不安な場合に、それらについての情報を提示するためのボタン５２４が設けられている。 FIG. 11 is a diagram showing an example of the alert pop-up 521 displayed on the posting screen 500. The alert pop-up 521 includes a message 522 that allows the educational material poster P to confirm whether there is a copyright or portrait right problem in the posted content, and a button 523 for the educational material poster P to indicate that there is no problem. A button 524 is provided for presenting information about the educational material contributor P when he / she is concerned about the existence of a copyright or portrait right problem.
　ボタン５２４を指示すると、その指示が投稿者端末４０から教材共有サーバ１０に送信される。教材共有サーバ１０は、この指示を受けると、あらかじめ用意してある著作権・肖像権についての一般的な知識を学ぶためのコンテンツを投稿者端末４０に返信する。このコンテンツはテキスト形式であってもよいし、動画形式であってもよい。 When the button 524 is instructed, the instruction is transmitted from the poster terminal 40 to the learning material sharing server 10. Upon receiving this instruction, the learning material sharing server 10 replies to the poster terminal 40 with content for learning general knowledge about copyright and portrait rights prepared in advance. This content may be in text format or video format.
　注意喚起ポップアップ５２１には、さらに、著作権や肖像権についてあらかじめ用意されているＱ＆Ａの中からランダムに抜き出した問題（Ｑ）５２５が含められる。教材投稿者Ｐにおいて著作権や肖像権の知識がない場合には、投稿内容に著作権や肖像権の問題がある場合にも、それが問題になり得るという認識を持たない場合がある。そこで、本実施の形態では、注意喚起ポップアップ５２１に、著作権や肖像権が問題となり得る具体的なケースを問題形式で提示して、教材投稿者Ｐの注意を喚起するようにしている。この問題５２５には、その問題の解答を見るためのリンクも用意し、教材投稿者Ｐが容易に解答（Ａ）にアクセスできるようにする。 The alert pop-up 521 further includes a question (Q) 525 randomly extracted from Q & A prepared in advance for copyright and portrait rights. If the educational material poster P has no knowledge of copyright or portrait rights, even if there is a problem with copyright or portrait rights in the posted content, there may be no recognition that it can be a problem. Therefore, in the present embodiment, a specific case in which the copyright or portrait right may be a problem is presented in the alert pop-up 521 so as to alert the educational material poster P. For this question 525, a link for viewing the answer of the question is also prepared so that the teaching material poster P can easily access the answer (A).
（アップロードと承認処理）
　教材投稿者Ｐが、注意喚起ポップアップ５２１のボタン５２３を指示するか（ステップＳ１０４でＹＥＳ）、あるいは、公開・非公開について「非公開」を選択して投稿ボタン５１９を指示すると（ステップＳ１０２で「非公開」）、添付されたファイル、各ボックスに入力されたテキスト、選択された学校区分等の投稿画面５００にて添付、入力、選択された情報が投稿者端末４０から教材共有サーバ１０に送信（アップロード）され、投稿処理部１３によって新たな教材コンテンツとして教材テーブル２２に記憶される。 (Upload and approval process)
When the educational material poster P instructs the button 523 of the alert pop-up 521 (YES in step S104) or selects “unpublished” for public / private and instructs the post button 519 (“ Unpublished ”), attached files, text entered in each box, information attached, input, and selected on the posting screen 500 such as the selected school category are transmitted from the poster terminal 40 to the teaching material sharing server 10 (Upload) and the post processing unit 13 stores the new teaching material content in the teaching material table 22.
　教材共有サーバ１０の投稿処理部１３は、投稿者端末４０から送信されてきた情報を教材テーブルに書き込む。このとき、注意喚起ポップアップ５２１のボタン５２３を指示することでアップロードされた場合には（ステップＳ１０４にてＹＥＳ）、教材ステータスは「承認待ち」とする（ステップＳ１０５）。「非公開」を選択して投稿ボタン５１９を指示されると、投稿処理部１３は、教材ステータスを「非公開」としてその教材コンテンツを教材テーブル２２に記憶させる（ステップＳ１０８）。 The posting processing unit 13 of the learning material sharing server 10 writes the information transmitted from the poster terminal 40 into the learning material table. At this time, if the upload is performed by instructing the button 523 of the alert pop-up 521 (YES in step S104), the teaching material status is set to “waiting for approval” (step S105). When “unpublished” is selected and the posting button 519 is designated, the posting processing unit 13 stores the teaching material content in the teaching material table 22 with the teaching material status set to “unpublished” (step S108).
　承認処理部１７は、教材ステータスが「承認待ち」となった教材コンテンツについて、管理者端末３０に通知する。管理者端末３０で管理者Ａが教材コンテンツを確認して承認の操作をすると（ステップＳ１０６でＹＥＳ）、これを受けた承認処理部１７は、当該教材コンテンツの教材ステータスを「公開」に更新する（ステップＳ１０７）。 The approval processing unit 17 notifies the administrator terminal 30 of the teaching material content whose teaching material status is “waiting for approval”. When the administrator A confirms the learning material content on the administrator terminal 30 and performs an approval operation (YES in step S106), the approval processing unit 17 that has received this updates the learning material status of the learning material content to “public”. (Step S107).
　投稿画面５００の保管ボタン５２０が指示された場合は（ステップＳ１０１で「保管」）、添付されたファイル、各ボックスに入力されたテキスト、選択された学校区分等の投稿画面５００にて添付、入力、選択された情報が投稿者端末４０から教材共有サーバ１０に送信（アップロード）され、この教材コンテンツは、投稿処理部１３によって教材ステータスを「自己利用」として教材テーブル２２に記憶される（ステップＳ１０９）。 When the save button 520 of the posting screen 500 is instructed (“Save” in step S101), the attached file, the text input in each box, the selected school division, etc. are attached and input on the posting screen 500 The selected information is transmitted (uploaded) from the poster terminal 40 to the learning material sharing server 10, and this learning material content is stored in the learning material table 22 by the posting processing unit 13 with the learning material status “self-use” (step S 109). ).
（マスク編集）
　上記のアップロードをする前に、投稿者端末４０にて編集ボタン５０６が指示されると、その指示が投稿者端末４０から教材共有サーバ１０に送信される。教材共有サーバ１０の投稿処理部１３は、ファイル編集用のＷｅｂアプリケーション（編集アプリ）を起動させる。本実施の形態では、画像ファイルを編集する場合を説明する。 (Mask edit)
If the edit button 506 is instructed on the contributor terminal 40 before uploading, the instruction is transmitted from the contributor terminal 40 to the learning material sharing server 10. The posting processing unit 13 of the learning material sharing server 10 activates a Web application (editing application) for file editing. In this embodiment, a case where an image file is edited will be described.
　図１２は、添付された画像ファイルの編集を説明する図である。図１２の画像ファイル５０５１には、生徒の顔が映っている。この画像ファイルを本人らの許可を得ずにアップロードすると肖像権の問題が生じることもあるので、画像ファイルの一部（顔の部分）をマスクする編集をする必要がある。本実施の形態の編集アプリは、画像の一部にぼかしを入れる機能と、画像の一部にスタンプを重畳する機能とを有する。 FIG. 12 is a diagram illustrating editing of an attached image file. The image file 5051 in FIG. 12 shows the face of the student. If this image file is uploaded without the permission of the person in question, there may be a problem of portrait rights. Therefore, it is necessary to edit part of the image file (face portion). The editing application of the present embodiment has a function of blurring a part of an image and a function of superimposing a stamp on a part of the image.
　教材投稿者Ｐが形状の異なる複数種類のぼかし５０５２のうちのいずれかを選択すると、画像上に当該形状の範囲にぼかしが施され、教材投稿者Ｐは、このぼかし範囲の画像内での位置及び縦及び横のサイズを任意に調整できる。教材投稿者Ｐが形状の異なる複数種類のスタンプ５０５３のうちのいずれかを選択すると、画像上にスタンプが重畳され、教材投稿者Ｐは、このスタンプの画像内での位置及び縦及び横のサイズを任意に調整することができる。ぼかしやスタンプは画像内で複数設定することもできる。このようにして画像にぼかしやスタンプが付加されたマスク済画像５０５４、５０５５が生成される。 When the educational material poster P selects any one of a plurality of types of blurs 5052 having different shapes, the range of the shape is blurred on the image, and the educational material poster P determines the position of the blurred range in the image. The vertical and horizontal sizes can be arbitrarily adjusted. When the educational material poster P selects any one of a plurality of types of stamps 5053 having different shapes, the stamp is superimposed on the image, and the educational material poster P determines the position of the stamp in the image and the vertical and horizontal sizes. Can be adjusted arbitrarily. Multiple blurs and stamps can be set in the image. In this way, masked images 5054 and 5055 in which blurs and stamps are added to the images are generated.
　教材投稿者Ｐが保存ボタン５０５６を指示すると、編集アプリは、生成したマスク済画像５０５４、５０５５を確定（編集を終了）する。戻すボタン５０５７が指示されると、編集アプリは編集をキャンセルして画像を元に戻す。 When the educational material poster P instructs the save button 5056, the editing application determines the generated masked images 5054 and 5055 (ends editing). When a return button 5057 is instructed, the editing application cancels editing and restores the image.
（キャプション）
　教材投稿者Ｐは、添付ファイルにキャプションを付加することができる。図８に示すキャプションボックス５０７に添付ファイルに関するキャプションがテキスト入力され、後述する投稿ボタンが指示されると、入力されたキャプションが投稿者端末４０から教材共有サーバ１０に送信される。教材共有サーバ１０の投稿処理部１３は、この教材コンテンツの教材テーブル２３のキャプションフィールドに受信したキャプションを追加する。 (caption)
The educational material poster P can add a caption to the attached file. When a caption regarding an attached file is entered as text in a caption box 507 shown in FIG. 8 and a post button to be described later is designated, the input caption is transmitted from the poster terminal 40 to the learning material sharing server 10. The posting processing unit 13 of the learning material sharing server 10 adds the received caption to the caption field of the learning material table 23 of the learning material content.
　図１３は、キャプションが付与された添付ファイルを閲覧する際の操作を説明する図である。キャプションは添付ファイルの上に重畳されて表示されるが、キャプションとして入力されたテキストの全文が表示されるのではなく、先頭の所定の文字数のテキストのみが表示され、その後の「続きを読む」という文字が下線付きで表示される（図１３の上段）。「続きを読む」を指示するとキャプションの全文が添付ファイルに重畳して表示される（図１３の下段）。これにより、キャプション長文である場合にも過度に添付ファイルの視認性を低下させることを防止できる。 FIG. 13 is a diagram for explaining an operation when browsing an attached file with a caption. The caption is displayed superimposed on the attached file, but the whole text of the text entered as the caption is not displayed, only the text of the specified number of characters at the beginning is displayed, and the subsequent `` Read more '' Is displayed with an underline (the upper part of FIG. 13). When "Read more" is instructed, the entire caption text is displayed superimposed on the attached file (lower part of FIG. 13). Thereby, even when it is a caption long sentence, it can prevent that the visibility of an attached file falls too much.
（発問箇所の指定）
　教材投稿者Ｐは、使い方記入ボックス５０９に入力したテキストの一部に発問指定をすることができる。図１４は、発問箇所の指定を説明する図である。教材投稿者Ｐは、投稿者端末４０において、使い方記入ボックス５０９に入力したテキストの発問箇所を選択し、発問ボタン５１０を指示すると、当該選択した部分に発問箇所であることを示すマーキングがされる。マーキングは、例えば網掛け、下線等であってよい。図１４の例では、「同じことを三の段でやってみよう」という箇所が発問箇所として指定されている。 (Specify the question location)
The learning material contributor P can specify the question for a part of the text entered in the usage entry box 509. FIG. 14 is a diagram for explaining the specification of the question location. When the educational material poster P selects the question location of the text input in the usage entry box 509 and instructs the question button 510 on the poster terminal 40, the selected portion is marked to indicate the question location. . The marking may be, for example, shaded or underlined. In the example of FIG. 14, a place “Let's do the same thing in three stages” is designated as the question place.
（ユーザ情報の閲覧）
　閲覧画面２００（図７参照）には、投稿者の顔４１０及びニックネーム４１１が表示される。この顔４１０又はニックネーム４１１を指示することで、その投稿者（ユーザ）の情報を閲覧することができる。利用者端末５０は、顔４１０又はニックネーム４１１が指示されると、その指示を教材共有サーバ１０に送信する。教材共有サーバ１０のユーザ管理部１２は、指示されたユーザの情報をユーザテーブル２１から読み出して、ユーザ情報画面を利用者端末５０に提供する。 (Browsing user information)
On the browsing screen 200 (see FIG. 7), a contributor's face 410 and a nickname 411 are displayed. By designating the face 410 or the nickname 411, the information of the poster (user) can be viewed. When the face 410 or the nickname 411 is instructed, the user terminal 50 transmits the instruction to the learning material sharing server 10. The user management unit 12 of the learning material sharing server 10 reads the instructed user information from the user table 21 and provides a user information screen to the user terminal 50.
　図１５は、ユーザ情報画面の例を示す図である。ユーザ情報画面６００には、当該ユーザの顔６０１、ニックネーム６０２、教員期間６０３、都道府県６０４、所属先（学校名）６０５、及び役職６０６が表示される。ユーザ管理部１２は、これらの情報を、当該ユーザのユーザテーブル２１を参照して求める。ユーザ情報画面６００にはさらに、学年６０７が表示される。ユーザ管理部１２は、当該ユーザのユーザテーブル２１に記憶されている学年ＩＤを特定し、学年マスタを参照して該当する学年ＩＤに対応する学年を特定することで学年６０７を求める。また、ユーザ情報画面６００には、当該ユーザのファンになるためのボタン６０８が表示される。このボタン６０８の機能は、閲覧画面４００のボタン４１２の機能と同じである。 FIG. 15 is a diagram showing an example of a user information screen. The user information screen 600 displays the user's face 601, nickname 602, teacher period 603, prefecture 604, affiliation (school name) 605, and title 606. The user management unit 12 obtains such information with reference to the user table 21 of the user. The user information screen 600 further displays a school year 607. The user management unit 12 specifies the grade ID stored in the user table 21 of the user and obtains the grade 607 by specifying the grade corresponding to the relevant grade ID with reference to the grade master. In addition, a button 608 for becoming a fan of the user is displayed on the user information screen 600. The function of this button 608 is the same as the function of the button 412 on the browsing screen 400.
　ユーザ情報画面６００には、さらに、当該ユーザがファンになっている人数６０９、当該ユーザをファンにしている他のユーザの人数６１０、当該ユーザが投稿した教材コンテンツに対する好評価の総数６１１、当該ユーザが投稿した教材コンテンツに対する直近３０日間の好評価の総数６１２、ユーザが投稿した教材コンテンツの総数６１３、当該ユーザが投稿した教材コンテンツが閲覧された総回数６１４、当該ユーザが投稿した教材コンテンツのうちの最も多い科目６１５、及びユーザが教材コンテンツを投稿した直近の日付が表示されている。ユーザ管理部１２は、ユーザテーブル２１の該当するフィールドを参照することでこれらの情報を求める。なお、科目６１５については、ユーザ管理部１２は、科目マスタを参照して、ユーザテーブル２１に記憶されている科目ＩＤに対応する科目名を表示する。 The user information screen 600 further includes the number 609 of the user who is a fan, the number 610 of other users who are the fan of the user, the total number 611 of favorable evaluations for the teaching material content posted by the user, the user The total number of favorable evaluations 612 in the last 30 days for the teaching material content posted by the user, the total number 613 of the teaching material content posted by the user, the total number of times the learning material content posted by the user has been viewed 614, and the teaching material content posted by the user The most frequent subjects 615 and the most recent date when the user posted the teaching material content are displayed. The user management unit 12 obtains such information by referring to the corresponding field of the user table 21. For the subject 615, the user management unit 12 refers to the subject master and displays the subject name corresponding to the subject ID stored in the user table 21.
　ユーザ情報画面６００では、さらに、最も実践されている教材の学校区分６１７、学年６１８、科目６１９、単元６２０、タイトル６２１、閲覧数６２２、ダウンロード数６２３、好評価数６２４、及び添付ファイルのサムネイル６２５が表示される。ユーザ管理部１２は、これらの情報を、当該ユーザのユーザテーブル２１の最も実践されている教材フィールドに記憶されている教材ＩＤに該当する教材コンテンツを教材テーブル２２から探して、当該教材テーブル２２の該当するフィールドから取得する。 In the user information screen 600, the school category 617, the grade 618, the subject 619, the unit 620, the title 621, the number of views 622, the number of downloads 623, the number of favorable evaluations 624, and the thumbnail 625 of the attached file are further displayed on the user information screen 600. Is displayed. The user management unit 12 searches the learning material table 22 for the learning material content corresponding to the learning material ID stored in the most practiced learning material field of the user table 21 of the user. Get from the corresponding field.
　ユーザ情報画面６００では、さらに、最近の推薦教材の学校区分６２６、学年６２７、科目６２８、単元６２９、タイトル６３０、閲覧数６３１、ダウンロード数６３２、好評価数６３３、及び添付ファイルのサムネイル６３４が表示される。ユーザ管理部１２は、これらの情報を、当該ユーザのユーザテーブル２１の最近の推薦教材フィールドに記憶されている教材ＩＤに該当する教材コンテンツを教材テーブル２２から探して、当該教材テーブル２２の該当するフィールドから取得する。 In the user information screen 600, a school category 626, a grade 627, a subject 628, a unit 629, a title 630, a view number 631, a download number 632, a favorable evaluation number 633, and an attached file thumbnail 634 are displayed. Is done. The user management unit 12 searches the learning material table 22 for the learning material content corresponding to the learning material ID stored in the recent recommended learning material field of the user table 21 of the user, and corresponds to the corresponding learning material table 22. Get from field.
　ユーザ情報画面６００には、さらに、アワード６３５が含まれる。アワード６３５は、バッジ画像で表現され、バッジの形状は数量アワードを反映しており、バッジの色は評価アワードを反映しており、バッジ内の文字はアワードが与えられている科目を示している。統計処理部１６は、ユーザテーブル２１のアワードフィールドを参照することにより、アワードを決定する。 The user information screen 600 further includes an award 635. The award 635 is represented by a badge image, the badge shape reflects the quantity award, the badge color reflects the evaluation award, and the characters in the badge indicate the subject to which the award is given. . The statistical processing unit 16 determines an award by referring to the award field of the user table 21.
　ユーザ情報画面６００には、さらに、そのユーザにメッセージを送るためのメッセージボタン６３６が設けられている。メッセージボタン６３６が指示されると、メッセージ記入用の画面が立ち上がり、その画面においてメッセージをテキスト入力して送信を指示することで、そのユーザにメッセージを送ることができる。 The user information screen 600 is further provided with a message button 636 for sending a message to the user. When the message button 636 is instructed, a message entry screen rises, and a message can be sent to the user by inputting the message text on the screen and instructing transmission.
　なお、ユーザ情報画面６００には、当該ユーザが保管箱に保管している、当該ユーザ又は他のユーザが作成した教材コンテンツ又は添付ファイル（コレクション）が表示されてよい。あるいは、それらを表示するためのボタンが設けられ、このボタンが指示されることで、当該ユーザが保管箱に保管している上記の教材コンテンツ又は添付ファイル（コレクション）の一覧を表示するようにしてもよい。また、１人のユーザについて、テーマごとに複数のコレクションが生成されてもよい。これにより、各ユーザは、自分のコレクションを他のユーザと共有でき、他のユーザは、テーマごとにまとまった教材コンテンツ又は添付ファイルを効率よく取得することができる。 The user information screen 600 may display teaching material contents or attached files (collection) created by the user or other users stored in the storage box by the user. Alternatively, a button for displaying them is provided, and when this button is instructed, a list of the teaching material contents or attached files (collection) stored in the storage box by the user is displayed. Also good. A plurality of collections may be generated for each theme for one user. Accordingly, each user can share his / her collection with other users, and other users can efficiently acquire educational material contents or attached files organized by theme.
（ユーザ間の繋がり）
　ユーザは、閲覧画面４００（図７参照）のボタン４１２やユーザ情報画面６００（図１５参照）のボタン６０８を指示することで、他のユーザのファンになることができる。ユーザは、他のユーザのファンになることで、当該他のユーザが投稿したコンテンツに簡単にアクセスすることができ、また、当該他のユーザが新しくコンテンツを投稿したことを簡単に知ることができる。 (Connection between users)
The user can become a fan of another user by instructing the button 412 on the browsing screen 400 (see FIG. 7) or the button 608 on the user information screen 600 (see FIG. 15). By becoming a fan of another user, the user can easily access content posted by the other user, and can easily know that the other user has posted new content. .
　ユーザが投稿者端末４０又は利用者端末５０（以下単に「端末」という。）において、ホーム画面１００（図３参照）のファンボタン１０８を指示すると、端末からその指示が教材共有サーバ１０に送信される。教材共有サーバ１０の交流処理部１５は、当該ユーザがファンとなっている他のファンをユーザテーブル２１のファンになっているフィールドを参照して、そこに列挙されているユーザＩＤのユーザを列挙したファン一覧を作成して、端末に返す。端末では、当該ユーザがファンとなっている他のユーザの一覧を示す画面が表示される。一覧において、ファンとなっている他のユーザは、顔とニックネームで表示される。この画面において、任意のユーザの顔又はニックネームを指示することで、図１５に示すユーザ情報画面を用いて当該ファンになっているユーザの情報を見ることができる。 When the user instructs the fan button 108 on the home screen 100 (see FIG. 3) at the poster terminal 40 or the user terminal 50 (hereinafter simply referred to as “terminal”), the instruction is transmitted from the terminal to the teaching material sharing server 10. The The AC processing unit 15 of the learning material sharing server 10 refers to the field of the user table 21 that is a fan of the user, and lists the users having the user IDs listed there. Create a fan list and return it to the terminal. On the terminal, a screen showing a list of other users who are fans of the user is displayed. In the list, other users who are fans are displayed with their faces and nicknames. By instructing an arbitrary user's face or nickname on this screen, it is possible to view information on the user who is the fan using the user information screen shown in FIG.
（メッセージの送受信）
　各ユーザは他のユーザとの間でメッセージを送受信することができる。ファイル記憶部２５には、ユーザごとにメッセージ用のフォルダが設けられている。各ユーザのフォルダにはさらに受信フォルダと送信フォルダを含み、受信フォルダには他のユーザから受信したメッセージが格納され、送信フォルダには他のユーザに送信したメッセージが格納される。ユーザは、ホーム画面１００（図３参照）のメッセージボタン１１２を指示することで、自分の受信フォルダ及び送信フォルダにアクセスすることができる。 (Sending and receiving messages)
Each user can send and receive messages to and from other users. In the file storage unit 25, a folder for messages is provided for each user. Each user's folder further includes a reception folder and a transmission folder. Messages received from other users are stored in the reception folder, and messages transmitted to other users are stored in the transmission folder. The user can access his / her reception folder and transmission folder by instructing the message button 112 on the home screen 100 (see FIG. 3).
　また、上記のように、ユーザ情報画面６００においてメッセージボタン６３６を指示することで当該他のユーザユーザにメッセージを送ることができるが、このメッセージ送信においては、画像を送信することもでき、当該他のユーザがオンライン状態にあるときは、リアルタイムの映像・音声の送受信によるチャットも可能である。また、そのチャットの対象は特定の一人だけでなく、複数人とすることもできる。 In addition, as described above, a message can be sent to the other user by instructing the message button 636 on the user information screen 600. In this message transmission, an image can also be sent. When the user is online, chat by real-time video / audio transmission / reception is also possible. Moreover, the target of the chat can be not only one specific person but also a plurality of persons.
（保管箱）
　ユーザは、他のユーザの教材コンテンツやそこに含まれる添付ファイルを自己の保管箱に保存することができる。ファイル記憶部２５には、ユーザごとに保管箱が設けられる。ユーザは、ホーム画面１００（図３参照）の保管箱ボタン１０７を指示すると、端末には、自己の保管箱に保管されている教材コンテンツや添付ファイルがパネルで表示される。 (Storage box)
The user can save the teaching material contents of other users and the attached files included therein in his / her storage box. The file storage unit 25 is provided with a storage box for each user. When the user instructs the storage box button 107 on the home screen 100 (see FIG. 3), the teaching material contents and attached files stored in his / her storage box are displayed on the terminal on the panel.
　図１６は、保管箱に保管されている教材コンテンツのパネルの例を示す図である。パネル７００には、教材コンテンツのサムネイル７０１とともに、教材コンテンツのタイトル７０２及び教材ステータス７０３が表示される。また、パネル７００には編集ボタン７０４が設けられている。 FIG. 16 is a diagram showing an example of a teaching material content panel stored in a storage box. The panel 700 displays a teaching material content title 702 and a teaching material status 703 together with a thumbnail 701 of the teaching material content. The panel 700 is provided with an edit button 704.
　編集ボタン７０４が指示されるとその指示が端末から教材共有サーバ１０に送信される。教材共有サーバ１０の投稿処理部１３は、図８及び図９で示した投稿画面５００と同様の編集画面を端末に提供する。この編集画面では、保管箱に保管された他のユーザの教材コンテンツの添付ファイルが添付され、テキスト入力がされ、選択がされている。ユーザは、このような編集画面において、他のユーザの当該教材コンテンツを自らが使用しやすいように編集することができる。 When the edit button 704 is instructed, the instruction is transmitted from the terminal to the learning material sharing server 10. The posting processing unit 13 of the learning material sharing server 10 provides the terminal with an editing screen similar to the posting screen 500 shown in FIGS. In this editing screen, an attachment file of the teaching material content of another user stored in the storage box is attached, text is input, and selection is made. On such an editing screen, the user can edit the teaching material content of another user so that the user can easily use the teaching material content.
　この編集画面には、投稿画面５００にあった公開・非公開を選択するラジオボタン５１６はなく、また、投稿ボタン５１９もない。すなわち、ユーザは、他のユーザの教材コンテンツを編集した場合には、それを公開することができず、自己利用のために保管箱に保存することしかできない。 In this editing screen, there is no radio button 516 for selecting public / non-public, which is in the posting screen 500, and there is no posting button 519. That is, when the user edits the teaching material content of another user, the user cannot make it public and can only save it in a storage box for self-use.
　また、保管箱に保管されている他のユーザの添付ファイルのパネルも、図１６と同様のパネルの構成となっている。このパネルでは、添付ファイルがサムネイル７０１で表示され、編集ボタン７０４の代わりにコンテンツ作成ボタンが設けられる。ユーザは、コンテンツ作成ボタンを指示することで、他のユーザの添付ファイルを利用して新たな教材コンテンツを作成することができる。コンテンツ作成ボタンが指示されると、その指示が端末から教材共有サーバ１０に送信される。教材共有サーバ１０の投稿処理部１３は、図８及び図９で示した投稿画面５００を端末に提供する。 Also, the panel of the attached file of another user stored in the storage box has the same panel configuration as that of FIG. In this panel, the attached file is displayed as a thumbnail 701, and a content creation button is provided instead of the edit button 704. By instructing the content creation button, the user can create new teaching material content using an attached file of another user. When the content creation button is instructed, the instruction is transmitted from the terminal to the learning material sharing server 10. The posting processing unit 13 of the learning material sharing server 10 provides the posting screen 500 shown in FIGS. 8 and 9 to the terminal.
　この場合の投稿画面５００には、添付ファイルとして保管箱に保管されていた他のユーザの添付ファイルが既に添付されている。すなわち、このときの投稿画面５００は、上記で説明した投稿処理において、保管箱選択ボタン５０２を指示して保管箱からファイルを選択して添付した状態と同じ状態となっており、添付ファイルには丸囲みの「Ｃ」の文字とともに、当該添付ファイルを作成した他のユーザのニックネームが重畳表示される。 In this case, the post screen 500 is already attached with an attachment file of another user stored in the storage box as an attachment file. That is, the posting screen 500 at this time is in the same state as the state in which the storage box selection button 502 is instructed and the file is selected from the storage box and attached in the posting process described above. The nickname of the other user who created the attached file is superimposed and displayed together with the circled letter “C”.
　また、各ユーザは、自己の保管箱内の教材コンテンツを任意に選択して、コレクショングループを形成することができる。選択された教材コンテンツはコレクショングループとしてグループ化される。また、各ユーザは、複数の種類のコレクショングループを作成することができる。コレクショングループの各々に対しては、ユーザによって指定されたコレクショングループ名が付与される。この機能により、各ユーザは、自身が選択した教材コンテンツを束ねて管理することができる。各ユーザのコレクションは、他のユーザから閲覧可能又は閲覧不可能に設定されてよい。 In addition, each user can arbitrarily select teaching material contents in his / her storage box to form a collection group. The selected teaching material contents are grouped as a collection group. Each user can create a plurality of types of collection groups. Each collection group is given a collection group name designated by the user. With this function, each user can bundle and manage the teaching material content selected by the user. Each user's collection may be set to be viewable or not viewable by other users.
（グループの作成）
　ユーザは、他のユーザとともにグループを作成することができる。ユーザがホーム画面１００（図３参照）のグループボタン１１０を指示すると、その指示が端末から教材共有サーバ１０に送信される。教材共有サーバ１０の交流処理部１５は、当該ユーザのユーザテーブル２１の所属グループフィールドを参照して、当該ユーザの所属グループを含むグループの一覧を示すグループ一覧画面を生成して、端末に返す。 (Create group)
Users can create groups with other users. When the user instructs the group button 110 on the home screen 100 (see FIG. 3), the instruction is transmitted from the terminal to the learning material sharing server 10. The AC processing unit 15 of the learning material sharing server 10 refers to the belonging group field of the user table 21 of the user, generates a group list screen showing a list of groups including the user's belonging group, and returns the group list screen to the terminal.
　図１７は、グループ一覧画面の例を示す図である。所属グループ一覧画面８００には、タブで分類分けされたグループ表示フィールド８０１が設けられている。各タブを指示すると対応する分類のグループがパネルで示される。所属グループタブを選択することで、自らが所属しているグループをパネル当該ユーザが所属しているグループの一覧がパネルで表示される。 FIG. 17 is a diagram showing an example of the group list screen. The belonging group list screen 800 is provided with a group display field 801 classified by tabs. When each tab is indicated, a corresponding group of categories is displayed on the panel. By selecting the belonging group tab, the group to which the user belongs is displayed on the panel. The list of groups to which the user belongs is displayed on the panel.
　またグループ一覧画面８００には、新規グループを作成するためのグループ作成ボタン８０２が設けられている。グループ作成ボタン８０２を指示すると、ユーザの端末には、グループ作成画面（不図示）が表示され、ユーザは、このグループ作成画面において、グループ名、公開ステータスを指定して新規にグループを作成することができる。 The group list screen 800 is provided with a group creation button 802 for creating a new group. When the group creation button 802 is instructed, a group creation screen (not shown) is displayed on the user terminal, and the user creates a new group by designating the group name and the public status on the group creation screen. Can do.
（グループの活動の投稿）
　グループに所属しているユーザは、自身が所属するグループでの活動内容を投稿することができる。ユーザが、グループ一覧画面８００において、所属グループのいずれかのパネルを指示すると、その指示が端末から教材共有サーバ１０に送信される。教材共有サーバ１０の交流処理部１５は、指示されたグループをグループテーブル２３から抽出してグループ画面を生成して、端末に提供する。 (Posting group activities)
A user who belongs to a group can post activity contents in the group to which the user belongs. When the user instructs any panel of the group to which the user belongs on the group list screen 800, the instruction is transmitted from the terminal to the learning material sharing server 10. The AC processing unit 15 of the learning material sharing server 10 extracts the instructed group from the group table 23, generates a group screen, and provides it to the terminal.
　図１８は、グループ画面の例を示す図である。グループ画面９００には、グループ名９０１が表示される。また、グループ画面９００には、当該グループに参加（所属）している参加者の顔９０２及びニックネーム９０３が表示される。さらに、グループ画面９００には、グループの活動記録を示すパネル９０４、グループで作成される授業案を示すパネル９０５、及びグループのスケジュール９０６が表示される。また、グループ画面９００には、グループの設定を行うためのグループ設定ボタン９０７が設けられ、活動記録の表示箇所には活動記録を新規に投稿するための活動記録投稿ボタン９０８が設けられ、授業案の表示箇所には新たに授業案を投稿するための授業案投稿ボタン９０９が設けられる。 FIG. 18 is a diagram showing an example of the group screen. A group name 901 is displayed on the group screen 900. In addition, the group screen 900 displays the faces 902 and nicknames 903 of the participants participating in (belonging to) the group. Further, the group screen 900 displays a panel 904 indicating a group activity record, a panel 905 indicating a lesson plan created in the group, and a group schedule 906. Further, the group screen 900 is provided with a group setting button 907 for setting a group, and an activity record posting button 908 for newly posting an activity record is provided at a display location of the activity record, and a lesson plan. Is displayed with a lesson plan posting button 909 for newly posting a lesson plan.
　グループの参加者であるユーザは、グループ設定ボタン９０７を指示することで、グループの設定（グループ名、公開ステータス等）を変更することができ、活動記録投稿ボタン９０８を指示することで、新規に活動記録を投稿することができ、授業案投稿ボタン９０９を指示することで、新規に授業案を投稿することができる。 A user who is a participant in the group can change the group settings (group name, disclosure status, etc.) by instructing the group setting button 907, and newly by instructing the activity record posting button 908. An activity record can be posted, and a lesson plan can be newly posted by instructing a lesson plan posting button 909.
（授業案の共同作成）
　グループ内では、参加者は、授業案を共同で作成することができる。この授業案は、教材コンテンツと同様の構成を有しており、作成した後には、教材コンテンツとして投稿することも可能である。すなわち、授業案新規投稿ボタン９０９を指示すると、図８及び図９に示した投稿画面５００が表示され、この投稿画面５００において教材コンテンツとしての授業案を作成することができる。 (Joint creation of lesson plans)
Within the group, participants can create lesson plans jointly. This lesson plan has the same configuration as the teaching material content, and can be posted as the teaching material content after it is created. That is, when the lesson plan new posting button 909 is instructed, the posting screen 500 shown in FIGS. 8 and 9 is displayed, and a lesson plan as teaching material content can be created on the posting screen 500.
　ある参加者がこの投稿画面５００においてファイル添付、テキスト入力、選択を行って、保管ボタン５２０を指示すると、この教材コンテンツはグループの保管箱に保管される。保管箱に保管された授業案は、グループ画面９００において授業案のパネルとして表示される。他の参加者がいずれかの授業案のパネルを選択すると、作成途中の教材コンテンツが投稿画面５００の形式で当該他の参加者に提示される。当該他の参加者は、この投稿画面５００を用いて教材コンテンツに追記、編集を行うことができる。 When a participant performs file attachment, text input, and selection on the posting screen 500 and designates a storage button 520, the teaching material content is stored in the group storage box. The lesson plan stored in the storage box is displayed on the group screen 900 as a lesson plan panel. When another participant selects any of the lesson plan panels, the teaching material content being created is presented to the other participant in the form of a posting screen 500. The other participants can add and edit the educational material content using the posting screen 500.
　このように、グループで作成される授業案は、教材コンテンツの一種であるが、グループの参加者によって編集が可能であり、これにより、１つの教材コンテンツ（授業案）をグループ内の複数の参加者によって共同で作成することができる。完成した授業案について、投稿画面５００の投稿ボタン５１９を指示すると、この授業案は教材コンテンツとしてグループ名義で投稿される。 In this way, a lesson plan created in a group is a kind of teaching material content, but it can be edited by a group participant, so that one teaching material content (lesson plan) can be shared by multiple participants in the group. Can be created jointly by one person. When the posting button 519 on the posting screen 500 is designated for the completed lesson plan, this lesson plan is posted as a teaching material content under the group name.
　また、グループ画面９００には、グループのスケジュール９０６が設けられる。スケジュール９０６はカレンダー形式で表示され、参加者は、任意の日にちの枠を指示することでそこに新たにスケジュールを追加することができる。 Also, the group screen 900 is provided with a group schedule 906. The schedule 906 is displayed in a calendar format, and the participant can add a new schedule there by designating a frame of an arbitrary date.
　また、各グループには、グループの参加者が書き込みをできる掲示板が設けられる。グループ画面９００には、掲示板ボタン９０８が設けられる。端末にてこの掲示板ボタン９０８が指示されると、この指示が教材共有サーバ１０に送信され、交流処理部１５は、該当するグループの掲示板を示す画面を端末に返す。 Also, each group will have a bulletin board where participants of the group can write. A bulletin board button 908 is provided on the group screen 900. When the bulletin board button 908 is instructed at the terminal, the instruction is transmitted to the learning material sharing server 10, and the AC processing unit 15 returns a screen showing the bulletin board of the corresponding group to the terminal.
（実践共有）
　グループ内では、参加者は、グループ内の教材コンテンツを利用した授業の実践のレポートを投稿することができる。教材共有サーバ１０の交流処理部１５は、実践レポートの投稿を受け付けると、この実践レポートを関連する教材コンテンツに関連付けて記憶する。この実践レポートは、テキストデータであってもよいし、画像、音声等のメディアデータであってもよい。実践レポートは、グループの参加者が閲覧可能に記憶される。 (Practice sharing)
Within the group, participants can post a class practice report using the educational material content within the group. When the exchange processing unit 15 of the learning material sharing server 10 accepts the posting of the practice report, it stores the practice report in association with the related learning material content. This practical report may be text data or media data such as images and sounds. The practice report is stored so that the participants in the group can view it.
（マイページ）
　ユーザは、ホーム画面１００（図３参照）のマイページボタン１０９を指示することで、自分に関連する教材を確認することができる。ユーザの端末にてマイページボタン１０９が指示されると、その指示が教材共有サーバ１０に送信される。教材共有サーバのユーザ管理部１１は、当該端末に対してマイページ画面を提供する。 (My page)
The user can confirm teaching materials related to himself / herself by instructing the My Page button 109 on the home screen 100 (see FIG. 3). When the user's terminal instructs the My Page button 109, the instruction is transmitted to the learning material sharing server 10. The user management unit 11 of the learning material sharing server provides a My Page screen to the terminal.
　図１９は、マイページ画面の例を示す図である。マイページ画面１０００には、自分に関連する教材が分類分けされてパネルで表示さている。分類分けは、ユーザテーブル２１の教材コンテンツに付加されている教材ステータスに従って行われる。図１９に示すように、マイページ画面１０００には、ユーザに関連する教材を、「全て」、「下書き」、「承認待ち」、「公開」、「自己利用」、「素材」のタブで分けてパネルで表示する教材表示フィールド１００１が設けられる。 FIG. 19 shows an example of the My Page screen. On the My Page screen 1000, teaching materials related to oneself are classified and displayed on a panel. The classification is performed according to the teaching material status added to the teaching material content of the user table 21. As shown in FIG. 19, on the My Page screen 1000, the teaching materials related to the user are divided into tabs of “all”, “draft”, “waiting for approval”, “public”, “self-use”, and “material”. A teaching material display field 1001 to be displayed on the panel is provided.
　「全て」タブ１００２には、ユーザに関連するすべての教材コンテンツが表示される。「下書き」タブ１００３には、自ら作成した教材コンテンツであって、教材ステータスが「下書き」である教材コンテンツ、すなわち、まだ作成途中（未完成）である教材コンテンツが表示される。「承認待ち」タブ１００４には、自ら作成した教材コンテンツであって、教材ステータスが「承認待ち」である教材コンテンツ、すなわち、「公開」を選択して教材共有サーバ１０にアップロードしたが、まだ承認が得られていない教材ステータスが表示される。「公開」タブ１００５には、自ら作成した教材コンテンツであって、教材ステータスが「公開」である教材コンテンツ、すなわち、すでに承認が得られて公開されている教材コンテンツが表示される。「自己利用」タブ１００６には、教材ステータスが「自己利用」である教材コンテンツ、すなわち、自ら作成した後に保管箱に保管するとされた（保管ボタン５２０（図９参照）が指示された）教材コンテンツ、及び保管された（教材コンテンツ保管ボタン４１６（図７参照）が指示された）他のユーザの教材コンテンツが表示される。「素材」タブ１００７には、ユーザが保管した他のユーザの添付ファイルが表示される。 In the “all” tab 1002, all teaching material contents related to the user are displayed. In the “draft” tab 1003, teaching material content that has been created by itself and whose teaching material status is “draft”, that is, teaching material content that is still being created (incomplete) is displayed. In the “waiting for approval” tab 1004, the learning material content that is created by itself and whose learning material status is “waiting for approval”, that is, “public” is selected and uploaded to the learning material sharing server 10, but it is still approved. The status of the learning material for which is not obtained is displayed. The “published” tab 1005 displays the educational material content created by itself and whose educational material status is “public”, that is, the educational material content that has already been approved and published. In the “self-use” tab 1006, the learning material content whose learning material status is “self-use”, that is, the learning material content that has been created and stored in the storage box (the storage button 520 (see FIG. 9) is instructed) The stored teaching material contents of other users (instructed by the teaching material content storage button 416 (see FIG. 7)) are displayed. In the “material” tab 1007, an attached file of another user stored by the user is displayed.
（統計）
　ユーザの端末にて統計ボタン１００８が指示されると、その指示が教材共有サーバ１０に送信される。教材共有サーバ１０の統計処理部１６は、統計画面を生成してユーザの端末に提供する。統計画面では、当該ユーザが投稿した教材コンテンツの投稿数、閲覧数、ダウンロード数、好評価数が時系列に沿ったグラフで表示される。また、当該ユーザの教材コンテンツに対する閲覧、ダウンロード、好評価を行ったユーザのプロフィール情報（学校区分、担当、学年、年齢、教員歴、地域）によってどのようなユーザが自分の教材コンテンツに興味があるかを分析することができる。統計処理部１６は、これらの情報をユーザテーブル２１及び教材テーブル２２を参照して統計処理を行うことにより求めて、統計画面を生成する。 (statistics)
When the statistics button 1008 is instructed at the user's terminal, the instruction is transmitted to the learning material sharing server 10. The statistical processing unit 16 of the learning material sharing server 10 generates a statistical screen and provides it to the user's terminal. On the statistics screen, the number of posts, the number of views, the number of downloads, and the number of favorable evaluations of teaching material content posted by the user are displayed in a time-series graph. Also, what users are interested in their teaching material contents according to the profile information (school division, charge, grade, age, teacher history, region) of the users who have viewed, downloaded, and liked the teaching material content of the user concerned Can be analyzed. The statistical processing unit 16 obtains these pieces of information by performing statistical processing with reference to the user table 21 and the teaching material table 22, and generates a statistical screen.
　また、統計画面では、地域毎の比較も可能である。すなわち、統計処理部１６は、全ての教材コンテンツについて、都道府県単位での各種情報（ユーザ数、投稿された教材コンテンツ数、グループ数、閲覧数、好評価数、教員年齢平均、教員歴平均など）を統計処理によって求め、それらを日本地図上にマッピングして表示する統計画面を生成する。 Also, on the statistics screen, it is possible to compare by region. In other words, the statistical processing unit 16 has various information on the basis of prefectures for all teaching material contents (number of users, number of posted teaching material contents, number of groups, number of browsing, number of favorable evaluations, teacher age average, teacher history average, etc. ) Is obtained by statistical processing, and a statistical screen for mapping and displaying them on a map of Japan is generated.
　また、教材共有サーバ１０の統計処理部１６は、管理者向けの統計を行ってもよい。具体的には、統計処理部１６は、登録ユーザ数、グループ数、アクティブユーザ（所定期間内にログインがあったユーザ）数等の推移を示す統計データ及びグラフを作成可能であってよい。この統計データ及びグラフは管理者のみが閲覧可能である。 Further, the statistical processing unit 16 of the learning material sharing server 10 may perform statistics for the administrator. Specifically, the statistical processing unit 16 may be able to create statistical data and a graph indicating changes in the number of registered users, the number of groups, the number of active users (users who have logged in within a predetermined period), and the like. Only the administrator can view this statistical data and graph.
（リクエスト）
　ユーザの端末にて、ユーザは、特定の属性（学校区分、学年、科目、単元、コンテンツの種類）を指定して、他のユーザによる教材コンテンツの投稿をリクエストすることができる。そのリクエスト数は複数のユーザがリクエストする度に蓄積されていき、当該属性のコンテンツが新規に投稿・公開された時点でリセットされる。このとき、利用処理部１４は、利用者端末５０から、学校区分、学年、科目、単元、及び教材カテゴリの少なくともいずれかを指定した教材コンテンツのリクエストを受け付けて、教材テーブルにこのリクエストを記憶する。 (request)
At the user's terminal, the user can specify specific attributes (school division, grade, subject, unit, type of content) and request posting of educational material content by other users. The number of requests is accumulated every time a plurality of users make a request, and is reset when content having the attribute is newly posted or published. At this time, the usage processing unit 14 receives a request for teaching material content specifying at least one of school division, grade, subject, unit, and teaching material category from the user terminal 50, and stores this request in the teaching material table. .
　具体的には、利用処理部１４は、指定された学校区分、学年等を用いて通常の教材コンテンツと同じ形式の教材コンテンツ（ただし、添付ファイルや資料の使い方等の情報はない）を生成し、教材ステータスを「リクエスト」として、教材テーブルに記憶する。投稿者端末４０の投稿画面５００でリクエスト閲覧ボタン５２１（図９参照）を指示すると、その指示が教材共有サーバ１０に送信され、教材共有サーバ１０の投稿処理部１３は、投稿者端末４０に、教材ステータスが「リクエスト」となっている教材コンテンツをパネルで表示したリクエスト提示画面を提供する。 Specifically, the usage processing unit 14 generates the teaching material content in the same format as the normal teaching material content (however, there is no information on how to use the attached file or the material) using the designated school division and grade. The teaching material status is stored as “request” in the teaching material table. When the request browsing button 521 (see FIG. 9) is instructed on the posting screen 500 of the poster terminal 40, the instruction is transmitted to the teaching material sharing server 10, and the posting processing unit 13 of the teaching material sharing server 10 sends the instruction to the poster terminal 40. A request presentation screen is provided on which a teaching material content whose teaching material status is “request” is displayed on a panel.
　投稿処理部１３は、学校区分、学年、科目、及び教材カテゴリが同一である前記リクエストが複数された場合には、当該リクエストをリクエスト数とともに提示する。また、投稿処理部１３は、リクエストに合致する教材コンテンツがアップロードされたときに、リクエストの提示を停止する。 The posting processing unit 13 presents the request together with the number of requests when there are a plurality of requests having the same school division, grade, subject, and teaching material category. Further, the posting processing unit 13 stops presenting the request when the teaching material content that matches the request is uploaded.
　変形例として、利用処理部１４は、さらに、リクエストを自動生成する機能を有していてもよい。利用処理部１４は、利用者端末５０から絞り込み条件を指定した検索の指示を受けた場合、この絞り込み条件を履歴として検索履歴フィールドに記憶していくが、この際に、検索スコア（検索によって抽出された教材コンテンツの数、あるいは、抽出された教材コンテンツについて一致率等のスコアがある場合には、そのスコアの総計等の検索の成果を示す値）を記憶し、同一の絞り込みの条件についての検索回数に対する検索スコアが所定の閾値より低い場合、典型的には、頻繁に検索するが所望する教材コンテンツが得られない場合には、利用処理部１４は、その絞り込み条件をリクエストの内容として、自動的にリクエストを生成する。これにより、同一の絞り込み条件で何度も教材コンテンツを検索している教材利用者がやがて所望する教材コンテンツを入手できることが期待できる。 As a modification, the usage processing unit 14 may further have a function of automatically generating a request. When the usage processing unit 14 receives a search instruction designating a narrowing condition from the user terminal 50, the usage processing unit 14 stores the narrowing condition as a history in the search history field. At this time, the search score (extracted by search) is stored. If there is a score such as a match rate for the number of selected teaching material contents or the extracted teaching material content, a value indicating the result of the search such as the sum of the scores is stored, and the same narrowing-down conditions are stored. When the search score with respect to the number of searches is lower than a predetermined threshold, typically, when the user does not obtain the desired teaching material content while frequently searching, the usage processing unit 14 uses the narrowing-down condition as the content of the request. Generate a request automatically. Thereby, it can be expected that the learning material user who has searched the learning material content many times under the same narrowing conditions can obtain the desired learning material content.
（通知）
　ユーザに関連する特定のイベントが発生すると、ユーザ管理部１２は、当該ユーザの端末に対してプッシュ送信による通知を行う。具体的には、自分が投稿した教材コンテンツに対して好評価あるいはコメントがあったとき、自分がファンになっているユーザが新しく教材コンテンツを投稿したとき、他のユーザが自分のファンになったとき、自分が登録した絞り込み条件に合致する教材コンテンツが投稿されたとき、グループに招待されたとき、自分が所属するグループに投稿があったとき、スケジュールが共有されたときに、ユーザ管理部１２は、当該ユーザの端末に対してプッシュ送信を行う。プッシュ送信の宛先は、ユーザが登録時に指定しているメールアドレスとするが、ホーム画面において通知を行ってもよい。 (notification)
When a specific event related to the user occurs, the user management unit 12 notifies the terminal of the user by push transmission. Specifically, when there is a positive evaluation or comment on the posted content, when a user who is a fan posts a new educational material, another user becomes a fan. When the teaching material content that matches the filtering condition registered by the user is posted, invited to the group, posted to the group to which the user belongs, or when the schedule is shared, the user management unit 12 Performs push transmission to the terminal of the user. The destination of the push transmission is the mail address specified by the user at the time of registration, but notification may be made on the home screen.
　なお、投稿者端末４０や利用者端末５０がスマートフォンである場合には、端末と教材共有サーバ１０とのセッションを維持して、各種の通知をプッシュ送信で行ってもよい。プッシュ送信による通知を受けた投稿者端末４０や利用者端末５０では、通知の受信を示すアラート（表示、音）が出力される。 In addition, when the contributor terminal 40 and the user terminal 50 are smartphones, the session between the terminal and the learning material sharing server 10 may be maintained and various notifications may be sent by push transmission. In the poster terminal 40 and the user terminal 50 that have received the notification by push transmission, an alert (display, sound) indicating reception of the notification is output.
（レコメンド）
　ユーザは、ユーザ管理部１２に対して、学校区分、学年、科目、教材カテゴリを指定して、自らが興味のある教材コンテンツを登録することができる。ユーザ管理部１２は、指定された学校区分、学年、科目、教材カテゴリを該当するユーザのユーザテーブル２１の関心学校区分フィールド、関心学年フィールド、関心科目フィールド、関心教材カテゴリフィールドにそれぞれ記憶し、その登録された学校区分、学年、科目等とマッチする教材コンテンツを当該ユーザに対してレコメンド（推薦）する。 (recommend)
The user can register the educational material content in which the user is interested by designating the school division, grade, subject, and educational material category to the user management unit 12. The user management unit 12 stores the designated school division, grade, subject, and teaching material category in the interested school division field, the interested grade field, the interested subject field, and the interested teaching material category field of the user table 21 of the corresponding user. Recommend (recommend) educational material content that matches the registered school category, grade, subject, etc. to the user.
　また、ユーザ管理部１２は、ユーザのプロフィールに基づくレコメンドを行う。ユーザ管理部１２は、ユーザが登録した自身の年齢、教員歴、学校区分、学年、地域に近いプロフィールを持つユーザを検出して、そのユーザが投稿した教材コンテンツをレコメンドする。 Also, the user management unit 12 makes a recommendation based on the user profile. The user management unit 12 detects a user having a profile similar to his / her age, teacher history, school division, school year, and region registered by the user, and recommends teaching material content posted by the user.
　さらに、ユーザ管理部１２は、教材コンテンツの人気に基づくレコメンドを行う。教材コンテンツの人気は、教材コンテンツの閲覧数、ダウンロード数、好評価数を一定期間で集計することで求められ、ユーザ管理部１２は、最近人気の教材コンテンツをレコメンドする。 Furthermore, the user management unit 12 makes a recommendation based on the popularity of the teaching material content. The popularity of the teaching material content is obtained by counting the number of browsing, downloading, and favorable evaluations of the teaching material content over a certain period, and the user management unit 12 recommends the recently popular teaching material content.
　ユーザ管理部１２は、さらに、ユーザの行動履歴に基づくレコメンドを行う。具体的には、ユーザ管理部１２は、ユーザが過去に閲覧、ダウンロード、又は好評価をした教材コンテンツに近い属性（学校区分、学年、科目、教材カテゴリ）の教材コンテンツがレコメンドする。 The user management unit 12 further makes a recommendation based on the user's action history. Specifically, the user management unit 12 recommends teaching material contents having attributes (school division, grade, subject, teaching material category) that are close to the teaching material content that the user has browsed, downloaded, or favorably evaluated in the past.
　ユーザ管理部１２は、さらに、注目の先生のレコメンドを行う。具体的には、ユーザ管理部１２は、最近コンテンツに対する評価が高い（好評価が多い）ユーザ、ファンになる人が多いユーザの中から自分の興味のある教材コンテンツを多数投稿しているユーザをレコメンドする。 The user management unit 12 further recommends a notable teacher. Specifically, the user management unit 12 selects users who have posted a lot of educational content that they are interested in from among users who have recently been highly evaluated for content (many are highly evaluated) and who are often fans. Recommend.
　ユーザ管理部１２は、さらに、授業の計画に合わせたレコメンドを行う。各ユーザの授業の計画は、当該ユーザの学校区分、学年、及び科目と、現在の日付に基づいて、現在の単元を求めることで求められる。すなわち、データベース２０には、標準的な授業計画として、各学校区分、学年、及び科目について、それらの単元が実施時期とともに記憶されており、ユーザ管理部１２は、ユーザの学校区分、学年、及び科目に合致する単元の中から、実施時期が現在の日付と一致する単元を特定し、その学校区分、学年、科目、及び単元に該当する教材コンテンツを、現時点においてユーザが必要な教材コンテンツとしてレコメンドする。 The user management unit 12 further makes recommendations according to the lesson plan. The plan of each user's class is obtained by obtaining the current unit based on the user's school division, grade, subject, and the current date. That is, in the database 20, as a standard lesson plan, the unit of each school division, grade, and subject is stored together with the implementation time, and the user management unit 12 stores the user's school division, grade, and From the units that match the subject, identify the unit whose implementation date matches the current date, and recommend the teaching material content corresponding to the school division, grade, subject, and unit as the teaching material content that the user needs at the present time. To do.
　なお、上記の標準的な授業計画をユーザがカスタマイズして、自己の授業計画を作成することも可能である。この場合は、ユーザ管理部１２は、ユーザからの授業計画を受け付けて、当該授業計画に従って実施時期が現在の日付と一致する単元を特定する。上記の各レコメンドは、当該ユーザのメールアドレスへのメール送信によって行うことができる。他のレコメンドの形態としては、ホーム画面１００等においてレコメンドの通知をしてもよく、ホーム画面１００のパネル表示フィールド１１５のレコメンドタブを設けて、レコメンドする教材コンテンツのパネルを表示してもよい。 In addition, the user can customize the above standard lesson plan and create his own lesson plan. In this case, the user management unit 12 receives a lesson plan from the user, and identifies a unit whose implementation time matches the current date according to the lesson plan. Each of the above recommendations can be performed by sending an email to the user's email address. As another form of recommendation, notification of a recommendation may be provided on the home screen 100 or the like, and a recommendation tab in the panel display field 115 of the home screen 100 may be provided to display a panel of teaching material contents to be recommended.
（著作権侵害の自動チェック）
　上記の実施の形態では、新規の教材コンテンツが投稿されたときに、承認処理部１７が管理者端末３０からの承認を得た後に当該教材コンテンツを公開したが、承認処理部１７が自動的に著作権侵害の可能性のある教材コンテンツを抽出するようにしてよい。この場合には、データベース２０に、すでに公開されている著作物のデータ（絵画、写真、文章（書籍）等）のデータを格納させておき、承認処理部１７は、新規の教材コンテンツがアップロードされたときに、データベース２０に格納されている文章や画像とアップロードされた教材コンテンツに含まれる文章、画像とをマッチングし、類似度（著作権侵害の可能性）を計算する。このマッチングには、機械学習の技術を用いることができる。 (Automatic check for copyright infringement)
In the above embodiment, when new teaching material content is posted, the approval processing unit 17 releases the learning material content after obtaining approval from the administrator terminal 30, but the approval processing unit 17 automatically You may make it extract the teaching material content which may be copyright infringement. In this case, data of a copyrighted work (pictures, photos, sentences (books), etc.) that has already been released is stored in the database 20, and the approval processing unit 17 uploads new teaching material contents. At this time, texts and images stored in the database 20 are matched with texts and images included in the uploaded teaching material content, and the similarity (possibility of copyright infringement) is calculated. For this matching, a machine learning technique can be used.
　マッチングの結果、類似度が高い場合には、承認処理部１７は、教材投稿者Ｐに対して警告をしてもよいし、教材コンテンツの承認をしないようにしてもよいし、管理者端末３０に対してその旨を通知するようにしてもよい。管理者端末３０に通知をする場合には、最終的な判断は管理者Ａが行う。この場合には、管理者Ａによる最終的な判断を機械学習における学習データとして学習を行ってもよい。これにより、著作権侵害の可能性を数値化する精度を向上させることができる。 If the degree of similarity is high as a result of the matching, the approval processing unit 17 may warn the teaching material poster P, may not approve the teaching material content, or may manage the administrator terminal 30. You may make it notify to that. When notifying the administrator terminal 30, the administrator A makes the final determination. In this case, the final determination by the administrator A may be learned as learning data in machine learning. Thereby, the accuracy of quantifying the possibility of copyright infringement can be improved.
（公開対象）
　上記の実施の形態では、利用者にはユーザ登録をさせて、ユーザの認証（ログイン）をした後に、教材コンテンツの投稿及び閲覧を可能とするとともに、教材テーブル２２に公開・非公開フィールドを設けて、各教材コンテンツについて公開又は非公開を指定可能とした。これにより、公開と指定された教材コンテンツはユーザに対して公開され、非公開と指定された教材コンテンツは他のすべての他人に公開されない状態とされた。また、グループには公開ステータスフィールドを設けて、グループについて公開又は非公開を指定可能とした。これにより、公開と指定されたグループはユーザに対して公開され、非公開と指定された教材コンテンツは他のすべての他人に公開されない状態とされた。 (Public)
In the above embodiment, after the user is registered as a user and the user is authenticated (logged in), the teaching material contents can be posted and viewed, and the teaching material table 22 is provided with a public / private field. Therefore, it is possible to specify whether to open or close each teaching material content. As a result, the teaching material content designated as public is disclosed to the user, and the teaching material content designated as non-disclosure is not disclosed to all other persons. In addition, a public status field is provided for the group so that the group can be designated as public or private. As a result, the group designated as open to the public is disclosed to the user, and the teaching material content designated as non-public is not open to all other persons.
　しかしながら、これらの公開対象の範囲をより詳細に設定できるようにしてもよい。例えば、教材コンテンツについては、公開及び非公開だけでなく、ユーザ登録をした者に対してのみ公開する「ユーザに対して公開」と、ユーザ登録をしていない者を含む任意の者に対して公開する「インターネットに公開」と非公開とを選択できるようにしてよい。また、グループにおいて授業案として作成された教材コンテンツについては、ユーザ登録をした全ユーザに対して公開する「ユーザに対して公開」のほか、当該グループの参加者の身に公開する「グループの参加者に公開」、ユーザ登録をしていない者を含む任意の者に対して公開する「インターネットに公開」と非公開とを選択できるようにしてもよい。 However, it may be possible to set the range of these disclosure targets in more detail. For example, for educational material contents, not only for public and private, but also for “anyone” including those who are not registered, and “public to users”, which is only disclosed to those who have registered. It may be possible to select between “public to the Internet” and private. In addition to teaching materials created as lesson plans in a group, the information will be disclosed to all registered users and will be disclosed to the participants of the group. It may be possible to select “open to the Internet”, “open to the Internet” and open to any person including those who have not registered as a user.
　また、グループ（の活動、スケジュール等）についても、ユーザ登録をしていない者を含む任意の者に対して公開する「インターネットに公開」という公開ステータスを設けてもよい。また、グループについては、活動ごと、スケジュールごとに、グループ参加者のみに公開するか（他のユーザに対しては非公開）、全ユーザに対して公開するか、ユーザ登録をしていない者を含む任意の者に公開するかを指定できるようにしてもよい。 Also, regarding a group (its activity, schedule, etc.), a public status of “public to the Internet” may be provided to be disclosed to any person including those who have not registered as a user. In addition, for each activity and schedule, the group is open to the group participants only (not open to other users), open to all users, or who is not registered It may be possible to specify whether the information is disclosed to any person including it.
（特集）
　上記の教材共有システム１において、特定のテーマに沿った「特集」が組まれてもよい。この場合には、教材テーブル２２に設けられるタグとして、特集タグが用意され、特集において投稿された教材コンテンツは、自動的に特集タグが付与される。特集ページでは、当該特集において投稿された教材コンテンツ（即ち、特集タグが付与された教材コンテンツ）の閲覧およびダウンロードが可能である。ホーム画面等において、特集ページに移行するバナー等で表示されてよい。 (Special feature)
In the teaching material sharing system 1 described above, a “special feature” may be set up along a specific theme. In this case, a special feature tag is prepared as a tag provided in the educational material table 22, and the special feature tag is automatically given to the educational material content posted in the special feature. On the special feature page, it is possible to browse and download educational material content posted in the special feature (that is, educational material content to which a special feature tag is attached). On a home screen or the like, it may be displayed with a banner or the like that shifts to a special page.
　本発明は、第１の端末（投稿者端末）と第２の端末（利用者端末）との間で教材コンテンツを共有することができ、ユーザ（例えば、学校の教員）の間において有効に教材を共有できるという効果を有し、ユーザ間で教材コンテンツを共有するための教材共有システム等として有用である。 The present invention can share teaching material contents between a first terminal (contributor terminal) and a second terminal (user terminal), and effectively teaching materials between users (for example, school teachers). This is useful as a teaching material sharing system for sharing teaching material contents between users.

Claims (49)

  1. 　第１の端末及び第２の端末とネットワークを介して接続される教材共有サーバを含む教材共有システムであって、
    　前記第１の端末から教材コンテンツのアップロードを受け付ける投稿処理部と、
    　前記投稿処理部にて受け付けた教材コンテンツを記憶する教材記憶部と、
    　前記第２の端末からの教材コンテンツの利用要求を受け付け、前記利用要求に係る教材コンテンツを前記教材記憶部から読み出して当該第２の端末にダウンロードする利用処理部と、
    　を備えた教材共有システム。     A learning material sharing system including a learning material sharing server connected to a first terminal and a second terminal via a network,
    A post processing unit that accepts upload of teaching material content from the first terminal;
    A learning material storage unit for storing the learning material content received by the posting processing unit;
    A usage processing unit that accepts a usage request for educational material content from the second terminal, reads the educational content related to the usage request from the educational material storage unit, and downloads it to the second terminal;
    Teaching material sharing system with
  2. 　ユーザの情報を受け付けてユーザの登録を行うユーザ管理部と、
    　前記ユーザ管理部で受け付けた前記ユーザの情報を記憶するユーザ記憶部と、
    　をさらに備え、
    　前記ユーザ管理部は、前記第１の端末及び前記第２の端末に対して、前記ユーザ記憶部に記憶されたユーザの情報に基づいてユーザの認証を行い、
    　前記投稿処理部は、前記ユーザ管理部にてユーザの認証がされた前記第１の端末について当該ユーザの情報と関連付けて前記アップロードを受け付け、
    　前記利用処理部は、前記ユーザ管理部にてユーザの認証がされた前記第２の端末に対して、当該ユーザの情報と関連付けて前記ダウンロードを行う、請求項１に記載の教材共有システム。     A user management unit that accepts user information and registers the user;
    A user storage unit for storing the user information received by the user management unit;
    Further comprising
    The user management unit authenticates the user based on the user information stored in the user storage unit with respect to the first terminal and the second terminal,
    The post processing unit accepts the upload in association with the user information about the first terminal for which the user has been authenticated by the user management unit,
    The teaching material sharing system according to claim 1, wherein the use processing unit performs the download in association with the information of the user with respect to the second terminal whose user is authenticated by the user management unit.
  3. 　前記投稿処理部は、アップロードをされた前記教材コンテンツに対して編集を行い、
    　前記教材記憶部は、編集後の教材コンテンツを記憶する、請求項１又は２に記載の教材共有システム。     The post processing unit edits the uploaded teaching material content,
    The learning material sharing system according to claim 1, wherein the learning material storage unit stores the edited learning material content.
  4. 　前記投稿処理部は、前記第１の端末からの指示に基づいて前記編集を行う、請求項３に記載の教材共有システム。 4. The teaching material sharing system according to claim 3, wherein the posting processing unit performs the editing based on an instruction from the first terminal.
  5. 　前記編集は、前記教材コンテンツの一部をマスクする編集である、請求項３又は４に記載の教材共有システム。 The teaching material sharing system according to claim 3 or 4, wherein the editing is an editing that masks a part of the teaching material content.
  6. 　前記教材コンテンツは、画像を含み、前記編集は前記画像の一部をマスクする編集である、請求項５に記載の教材共有システム。 6. The learning material sharing system according to claim 5, wherein the learning material content includes an image, and the editing is an editing that masks a part of the image.
  7. 　前記教材コンテンツは、動画を含み、前記編集は前記動画の一部の映像及び／又は音声をマスクする編集である、請求項５に記載の教材共有システム。 6. The teaching material sharing system according to claim 5, wherein the teaching material content includes a moving image, and the editing is an editing that masks a part of video and / or audio of the moving image.
  8. 　前記投稿処理部は、前記第１の端末から教材コンテンツのアップロードを受け付ける際に、他人の著作権及び／又は肖像権の侵害について注意喚起するメッセージ、前記第１の端末の利用者が著作権及び／又は肖像権について理解するためのコンテンツにアクセスするためのアクセス手段、及びアップロードの実行を指示するための投稿指示手段を含むポップアップを前記第１の端末に提示する、請求項１ないし７のいずれか一項に記載の教材共有システム。 When the posting processing unit accepts uploading of teaching material content from the first terminal, a message alerting the infringement of the copyright and / or portrait right of others, the user of the first terminal 8. A pop-up including access means for accessing content for understanding portrait rights and posting instruction means for instructing execution of upload is presented to the first terminal. The educational material sharing system according to any one of the above.
  9. 　前記投稿処理部は、前記教材コンテンツについて、前記第１の端末から学校区分、学年、科目、単元、及びコンテンツの種類の少なくともいずれかの指定を受け、
    　前記教材記憶部は、前記教材コンテンツを、前記第１の端末から指定を受けた学校区分、学年、科目、単元、及びコンテンツの種類と関連付けて記憶し、
    　前記利用処理部は、前記第２の端末から、学校区分、学年、科目、単元、及びコンテンツの種類の少なくともいずれかを含む絞り込み条件を受け付けて、前記前記絞り込み条件に合致する学校区分、学年、科目、単元、及びコンテンツの種類が関連付けられた前記教材コンテンツを当該第２の端末に提示する、請求項２に記載の教材共有システム。     The posting processing unit receives at least one of school division, grade, subject, unit, and content type designation from the first terminal for the teaching material content,
    The learning material storage unit stores the learning material content in association with a school division, a grade, a subject, a unit, and a content type designated by the first terminal,
    The usage processing unit receives a narrowing condition including at least one of a school classification, a grade, a subject, a unit, and a content type from the second terminal, and a school classification, a grade that matches the narrowing condition, The learning material sharing system according to claim 2, wherein the learning material content associated with a subject, a unit, and a content type is presented to the second terminal.
  10. 　前記第１の端末から受け付けた前記絞り込み条件を、ユーザの情報に関連付けて記憶する絞り込み条件記憶部をさらに備え、
    　前記利用処理部は、前記ユーザ管理部にて認証されたユーザに関連付けられた絞り込み条件を前記絞り込み条件記憶部から読み出して前記第１の端末に提示する、請求項９に記載の教材共有システム。     A refinement condition storage unit that stores the refinement condition received from the first terminal in association with user information;
    The teaching material sharing system according to claim 9, wherein the usage processing unit reads a narrowing condition associated with a user authenticated by the user management unit from the narrowing condition storage unit and presents the narrowing condition to the first terminal.
  11. 　前記利用処理部は、前記絞り込み条件を受け付けて前記教材コンテンツの絞り込みを行ったときに、当該絞り込み条件の履歴を、認証されたユーザに関連付けて前記絞り込み条件記憶部に記憶させ、当該ユーザによる後の絞り込みの際に前記絞り込み条件記憶部から前記履歴を読み出して前記第１の端末に提示する、請求項１０に記載の教材共有システム。 When the use processing unit receives the narrowing condition and narrows down the teaching material content, the usage processing unit stores the narrowing condition history in the narrowing condition storage unit in association with the authenticated user, The teaching material sharing system according to claim 10, wherein the history is read from the narrowing condition storage unit and presented to the first terminal when narrowing down.
  12. 　前記利用処理部は、前記第１の端末から前記絞り込み条件とともに保存の指示を受け付けて、当該指示に係る前記絞り込み条件を、認証されたユーザに関連付けて前記絞り込み条件記憶部に保存させ、当該ユーザによる後の絞り込みの際に前記絞り込み条件から前記絞り込み条件記憶部から前記絞り込み条件を読み出して前記第１の端末に提示する、請求項１０に記載の教材共有システム。 The usage processing unit receives an instruction to save together with the narrowing condition from the first terminal, stores the narrowing condition according to the instruction in the narrowing condition storage unit in association with an authenticated user, and the user The teaching material sharing system according to claim 10, wherein the narrowing-down condition is read from the narrowing-down condition storage unit from the narrowing-down condition and presented to the first terminal at the time of narrowing down after.
  13. 　前記利用処理部は、前記第１の端末から絞り込みキーワードを受け付け、当該キーワードを含む前記教材コンテンツを、前記利用要求を受け付け可能な状態で当該第１の端末に提示する、請求項１ないし１２のいずれかに記載の教材共有システム。 13. The usage processing unit receives a refined keyword from the first terminal, and presents the learning material content including the keyword to the first terminal in a state where the usage request can be received. The educational material sharing system described in any one.
  14. 　前記ユーザ管理部は、特定のユーザ間を関連付け、
    　前記利用処理部は、前記第２の端末に対して、当該第２の端末のユーザに関連付けられた他のユーザの情報を提示する、請求項２に記載の教材共有システム。     The user management unit associates specific users with each other,
    The teaching material sharing system according to claim 2, wherein the usage processing unit presents information of another user associated with the user of the second terminal to the second terminal.
  15. 　前記利用処理部は、前記第１の端末から新たな教材コンテンツのアップロードを受け付けた場合において、前記第２の端末のユーザが当該アップロードをしたユーザに関連付けられているときは、当該第２の端末に対して前記アップロードを通知する、請求項１４に記載の教材共有システム。 When the usage processing unit receives an upload of a new teaching material content from the first terminal and the user of the second terminal is associated with the uploading user, the second terminal The teaching material sharing system according to claim 14, wherein the upload is notified to.
  16. 　複数の前記ユーザによるグループを作成する交流処理部をさらに備えた、請求項１４又は１５に記載の教材共有システム。 The teaching material sharing system according to claim 14 or 15, further comprising an AC processing unit for creating a group of a plurality of the users.
  17. 　前記交流処理部は、前記グループのメンバの端末から当該グループのグループコンテンツのアップロードを受け付け、
    　前記教材共有システムは、前記交流処理部にて受け付けたグループコンテンツを、当該グループのメンバのみが閲覧可能に、または、前記ユーザのみが閲覧可能に、記憶する交流記憶部をさらに備えた、請求項１６に記載の教材共有システム。     The AC processing unit accepts upload of group content of the group from a terminal of a member of the group,
    The learning material sharing system further includes an AC storage unit that stores the group content received by the AC processing unit so that only members of the group can browse or only the user can browse the group content. 16. The teaching material sharing system according to 16.
  18. 　前記グループコンテンツは、前記グループの複数のメンバが編集可能な教材コンテンツである、請求項１７に記載の教材共有システム。 The learning material sharing system according to claim 17, wherein the group content is learning material content that can be edited by a plurality of members of the group.
  19. 　前記交流処理部は、前記グループで編集された前記教材コンテンツを、前記教材記憶部に記憶する、請求項１８に記載の教材共有システム。 The learning material sharing system according to claim 18, wherein the AC processing unit stores the learning material content edited by the group in the learning material storage unit.
  20. 　前記グループコンテンツは、前記グループのスケジュールである、請求項１７に記載の教材共有システム。 The teaching material sharing system according to claim 17, wherein the group content is a schedule of the group.
  21. 　前記教材記憶部は、前記教材コンテンツごとに、当該教材コンテンツに対するユーザの反応を記憶し、
    　前記反応について統計処理を行う統計処理部をさらに備えた、請求項２に記載の教材共有システム。     The learning material storage unit stores a user response to the learning material content for each learning material content,
    The teaching material sharing system according to claim 2, further comprising a statistical processing unit that performs statistical processing on the reaction.
  22. 　前記反応は、前記教材コンテンツに対する好評価、前記教材コンテンツのダウンロード数、及び／又は前記教材コンテンツの閲覧数である、請求項２１に記載の教材共有システム。 The learning material sharing system according to claim 21, wherein the reaction is a favorable evaluation of the learning material content, the number of downloads of the learning material content, and / or the number of browsing of the learning material content.
  23. 　前記統計処理部は、前記ユーザごとに、前記反応の統計処理を行う、請求項２１又は２２に記載の教材共有システム。 The teaching material sharing system according to claim 21 or 22, wherein the statistical processing unit performs statistical processing of the reaction for each user.
  24. 　前記統計処理部は、前記統計処理として、前記ユーザごとに、前記反応の統計処理を行い、前記統計処理の結果に基づいて、前記ユーザにアワードを付与する処理を行う、請求項２３に記載の教材共有システム。 24. The statistical processing unit according to claim 23, wherein the statistical processing unit performs statistical processing of the reaction for each user as the statistical processing, and performs processing of assigning an award to the user based on a result of the statistical processing. Teaching material sharing system.
  25. 　前記教材記憶部は、前記反応ごとに、前記反応をしたユーザの情報を記憶し、
    　前記統計処理部は、前記教材コンテンツごとに、前記反応と前記ユーザの情報との関係について統計処理を行う、請求項２１ないし請求項２４のいずれかに記載の教材共有システム。     The learning material storage unit stores the information of the user who made the reaction for each reaction,
    25. The educational material sharing system according to claim 21, wherein the statistical processing unit performs statistical processing on a relationship between the reaction and the user information for each educational material content.
  26. 　前記ユーザ管理部は、前記ユーザの情報として、当該ユーザの所在地の情報を受け付け、
    　前記統計処理部は、前記ユーザの所在地ごとに統計処理を行う、請求項２１ないし２５のいずれかに記載の教材共有システム。     The user management unit receives information on the location of the user as the user information,
    26. The teaching material sharing system according to claim 21, wherein the statistical processing unit performs statistical processing for each location of the user.
  27. 　前記統計処理部は、前記統計処理の結果を前記所在地に基づいて地図上に表示する、請求項２６に記載の教材共有システム。 27. The teaching material sharing system according to claim 26, wherein the statistical processing unit displays a result of the statistical processing on a map based on the location.
  28. 　前記ユーザの情報は、当該ユーザのメッセージ受信用の宛先の情報を含み、
    　前記ユーザ管理部は、前記ユーザに関連するイベントが発生したときに、当該ユーザの前記宛先に通知のメッセージを送信する、請求項２に記載の教材共有システム。     The information of the user includes information on a destination for receiving the message of the user,
    The learning material sharing system according to claim 2, wherein when an event relating to the user occurs, the user management unit transmits a notification message to the destination of the user.
  29. 　新たにアップロードされた教材コンテンツについて、承認の後に、当該教材コンテンツを、前記第２の端末によって読み出し可能な状態で前記教材記憶部に記憶させる承認処理部をさらに備えた、請求項１ないし２８のいずれかに記載の教材共有システム。 29. The approval processing unit according to claim 1, further comprising: an approval processing unit that stores, in an readable state by the second terminal, the learning material content in the learning material storage unit after the approval of the newly uploaded learning material content. The educational material sharing system described in any one.
  30. 　前記承認処理部は、新たにアップロードされた教材コンテンツについて、第３の端末から前記承認を受け、当該承認を受けた教材コンテンツを、前記第２の端末によって読み出し可能な状態で前記教材記憶部に記憶させる、請求項２９に記載の教材共有システム。 The approval processing unit receives the approval from a third terminal for the newly uploaded teaching material content, and stores the approved learning material content in the learning material storage unit in a state in which it can be read by the second terminal. 30. The teaching material sharing system according to claim 29, which is stored.
  31. 　前記承認処理部は、新たにアップロードされた教材コンテンツに著作権で保護された内容を含むか否かを機械学習によって判断して、著作権で保護された内容を含まないと判断された教材コンテンツに対して前記承認をし、当該承認を受けた教材コンテンツを、前記第２の端末によって読み出し可能な状態で前記教材記憶部に記憶させる、請求項２９に記載の教材共有システム。 The approval processing unit determines whether or not the newly uploaded teaching material content includes copyright-protected content by machine learning, and the teaching material content determined not to include the copyright-protected content 30. The learning material sharing system according to claim 29, wherein the approval is made and the learning material content that has received the approval is stored in the learning material storage unit in a state where the approval can be read by the second terminal.
  32. 　前記教材記憶部は、アップロードされた教材コンテンツを、自分以外のユーザに公開しない非公開ステータス及び任意のユーザが閲覧可能な公開ステータスを含む複数のステータスのいずれかで記憶する、請求項２に記載の教材共有システム。 The said teaching material memory | storage part memorize | stores the uploaded teaching material content in either of several statuses including the non-public status which is not open | released to users other than self, and the public status which arbitrary users can browse. Educational material sharing system.
  33. 　前記教材コンテンツのステータスは、当該教材コンテンツをアップロードしたユーザによって変更可能である、請求項３２に記載の教材共有システム。 The learning material sharing system according to claim 32, wherein the status of the learning material content can be changed by a user who uploaded the learning material content.
  34. 　前記利用処理部は、前記第２の端末から教材コンテンツに対するコメントを受け付け、
    　前記教材記憶部は、前記コメントを該当する教材コンテンツに関連付けて記憶し、
    　前記利用処理部は、教材コンテンツを前記第２の端末に提示する際に、前記教材記憶部に記憶された当該教材コンテンツに対するコメントを表示する、請求項２に記載の教材共有システム。     The usage processing unit receives a comment on the teaching material content from the second terminal,
    The learning material storage unit stores the comment in association with the corresponding learning material content,
    The teaching material sharing system according to claim 2, wherein when the teaching material content is presented to the second terminal, the usage processing unit displays a comment on the teaching material content stored in the teaching material storage unit.
  35. 　前記利用処理部は、前記第２の端末から前記コメントに対する評価を受け付け、
    　前記教材記憶部は、前記評価を該当するコメントに関連付けて記憶し、
    　前記利用処理部は、コメントを前記第２の端末に表示する際に、前記教材記憶部に記憶された当該コメントに対する評価を表示する、請求項３４に記載の教材共有システム。     The usage processing unit accepts an evaluation for the comment from the second terminal,
    The learning material storage unit stores the evaluation in association with a corresponding comment,
    The teaching material sharing system according to claim 34, wherein when the comment is displayed on the second terminal, the usage processing unit displays an evaluation for the comment stored in the teaching material storage unit.
  36. 　　前記ユーザ管理部は、前記第２の端末のユーザに対して、前記教材記憶部に記憶された教材コンテンツの中から選択した一部の教材コンテンツを勧めるレコメンド処理を行う、請求項２に記載の教材共有システム。 The said user management part performs the recommendation process which recommends a part of teaching material content selected from the teaching material content memorize | stored in the said teaching material memory | storage part with respect to the user of the said 2nd terminal. Teaching material sharing system.
  37. 　前記ユーザ管理部は、前記ユーザの情報として、ユーザの担当する学校区分、学年、科目の少なくともいずれかの情報を受け付け、
    　前記投稿処理部は、前記教材コンテンツについて、前記第１の端末から学校区分、学年、科目の少なくともいずれかの指定を受け、
    　前記教材記憶部は、前記教材コンテンツを、前記第１の端末から指定を受けた学校区分、学年、及び科目と関連付けて記憶し、
    　前記利用処理部は、前記レコメンド処理として、前記第２の端末のユーザに対して、当該ユーザの担当する前記学校区分、学年、及び／又は科目に合致する学校区分、学年、及び／又は科目が関連付けられた教材コンテンツを勧める、請求項３６に記載の教材共有システム。     The user management unit accepts, as the user information, information on at least one of a school division, a grade, and a subject in charge of the user,
    The post processing unit receives at least one of a school division, a grade, and a subject from the first terminal for the teaching material content,
    The learning material storage unit stores the learning material content in association with a school division, a grade, and a subject specified by the first terminal,
    In the recommendation processing, the usage processing unit determines whether the school division, school year, and / or subject that matches the school division, school year, and / or subject that the user is in charge of for the user of the second terminal. 38. A teaching material sharing system according to claim 36, wherein associated teaching material content is recommended.
  38. 　前記ユーザ管理部は、前記ユーザの情報として、ユーザの担当する学校区分、学年、科目の少なくともいずれかの情報を受け付け、
    　前記投稿処理部は、前記教材コンテンツについて、前記第１の端末から学校区分、学年、科目、及び単元の指定を受け、
    　前記教材記憶部は、前記教材コンテンツを、前記第１の端末から指定を受けた学校区分、学年、科目、及び単元と関連付けて記憶し、
    　前記利用処理部は、前記レコメンド処理として、前記第２の端末のユーザに対して、関連付けられた学校区分、学年、及び科目が、当該ユーザの担当する前記学校区分、学年、及び科目に合致し、かつ、関連付けられた単元が、当該ユーザの現在の単元に合致する教材コンテンツを勧める、請求項３６に記載の教材共有システム。     The user management unit accepts, as the user information, information on at least one of a school division, a grade, and a subject in charge of the user,
    The post processing unit receives a designation of a school division, a grade, a subject, and a unit from the first terminal for the teaching material content,
    The learning material storage unit stores the learning material content in association with a school division, a grade, a subject, and a unit designated by the first terminal,
    The usage processing unit, as the recommendation process, for the user of the second terminal, the school division, grade, and subject associated with the user match the school division, grade, and subject that the user is in charge of. 38. The teaching material sharing system according to claim 36, wherein the associated unit recommends teaching material content that matches the current unit of the user.
  39. 　前記現在の単元は、標準的な授業計画とその時点の日付に従って決定される、請求項３８に記載の教材共有システム。 39. The teaching material sharing system according to claim 38, wherein the current unit is determined according to a standard lesson plan and a date at that time.
  40. 　前記ユーザ管理部は、前記ユーザの授業計画を受け付け、
    　前記現在の単元は、当該ユーザの前記授業計画とその時点の日付に従って決定される、請求項３８に記載の教材共有システム。     The user management unit accepts the user's lesson plan,
    The teaching material sharing system according to claim 38, wherein the current unit is determined according to the lesson plan of the user and a date at that time.
  41. 　前記ユーザ管理部は、前記ユーザの情報として、ユーザが担当する学校区分、学年、科目の少なくともいずれかの情報を受け付け、
    　前記利用処理部は、前記レコメンド処理として、前記第２の端末のユーザに対して、当該ユーザの担当する前記学校区分、学年、及び／又は科目に合致する学校区分、学年、及び／又は科目を担当する他のユーザによってアップロードされた教材コンテンツを勧める、請求項３６に記載の教材共有システム。     The user management unit accepts, as the user information, at least one of school division, grade, and subject that the user is in charge of,
    The usage processing unit, as the recommendation processing, gives the user of the second terminal the school division, grade, and / or subject that matches the school division, grade, and / or subject that the user is in charge of. The teaching material sharing system according to claim 36, wherein the teaching material content uploaded by another user in charge is recommended.
  42. 　前記投稿処理部は、前記教材コンテンツについて、前記第１の端末から学校区分、学年、科目、単元、及びコンテンツの種類の少なくともいずれかの指定を受け、
    　前記教材記憶部は、前記教材コンテンツを、前記第１の端末から指定を受けた学校区分、学年、科目、単元、及びコンテンツの種類と関連付けて記憶し、
    　前記利用処理部は、前記第２の端末から、前記学校区分、担当、学年、科目、単元、及びコンテンツの種類の少なくともいずれかを指定した教材コンテンツのリクエストを受け付け、
    　前記教材記憶部は、前記リクエストを記憶し、
    　前記投稿処理部は、前記第１の端末に前記リクエストを提示する、請求項２に記載の教材共有システム。     The posting processing unit receives at least one of school division, grade, subject, unit, and content type designation from the first terminal for the teaching material content,
    The learning material storage unit stores the learning material content in association with a school division, a grade, a subject, a unit, and a content type designated by the first terminal,
    The usage processing unit accepts a request for teaching material content designating at least one of the school division, charge, grade, subject, unit, and content type from the second terminal,
    The teaching material storage unit stores the request,
    The educational material sharing system according to claim 2, wherein the posting processing unit presents the request to the first terminal.
  43. 　前記投稿処理部は、同一の前記リクエストが複数された場合には、当該リクエストをリクエスト数とともに提示する、請求項４２に記載の教材共有システム。 43. The teaching material sharing system according to claim 42, wherein when a plurality of the same requests are made, the posting processing unit presents the requests together with the number of requests.
  44. 　前記投稿処理部は、前記リクエストに合致する教材コンテンツがアップロードされたときに、前記リクエストの提示を停止する、請求項４２又は４３に記載の教材共有システム。 44. The teaching material sharing system according to claim 42, wherein the posting processing unit stops presenting the request when teaching material content that matches the request is uploaded.
  45. 　前記教材記憶部は、前記教材を特定のテーマごとに、当該テーマを示すタグをつけて記憶する、請求項１に記載の教材共有システム。 The learning material sharing system according to claim 1, wherein the learning material storage unit stores the learning material for each specific theme with a tag indicating the theme.
  46. 　前記教材記憶部は、前記ユーザごとに、選択された前記教材コンテンツをコレクショングループとしてグループ化して記憶する、請求項２に記載の教材共有システム。 The learning material sharing system according to claim 2, wherein the learning material storage unit stores the selected learning material contents as a collection group for each user.
  47. 　前記交流処理部は、前記教材コンテンツを利用した実践を前記グループのメンバの端末から受け付け、当該教材コンテンツに関連付けて、前記グループのメンバが閲覧可能に記憶する、請求項１６に記載の教材共有システム。 17. The learning material sharing system according to claim 16, wherein the exchange processing unit accepts practice using the learning material content from a terminal of a member of the group, and stores the learning content in association with the learning material content so that the member of the group can view. .
  48. 　第１の端末及び第２の端末とネットワークを介して接続される教材共有サーバであって、
    　前記第１の端末から教材コンテンツのアップロードを受け付ける投稿処理部と、
    　前記投稿処理部にて受け付けた教材コンテンツを記憶する教材記憶部と、
    　前記第２の端末からの教材コンテンツの利用要求を受け付け、前記利用要求に係る教材コンテンツを前記教材記憶部から読み出して当該第２の端末にダウンロードする利用処理部と、
    　を備えた教材共有サーバ。     A teaching material sharing server connected to the first terminal and the second terminal via a network,
    A post processing unit that accepts upload of teaching material content from the first terminal;
    A learning material storage unit for storing the learning material content received by the posting processing unit;
    A usage processing unit that accepts a usage request for educational material content from the second terminal, reads the educational content related to the usage request from the educational material storage unit, and downloads it to the second terminal;
    Educational material sharing server with
  49. 　第１の端末及び第２の端末とネットワークを介して接続される教材共有サーバにおける教材共有方法であって、
    　前記第１の端末から教材コンテンツのアップロードを受け付ける投稿処理ステップと、
    　前記投稿処理ステップにて受け付けた教材コンテンツを記憶する教材記憶ステップと、
    　前記第２の端末からの教材コンテンツの利用要求を受け付け、前記利用要求に係る教材コンテンツを前記教材記憶部から読み出して当該第２の端末にダウンロードする利用処理ステップと、
    　を備えた教材共有方法。     A learning material sharing method in a learning material sharing server connected to a first terminal and a second terminal via a network,
    A post processing step of accepting upload of teaching material content from the first terminal;
    A learning material storing step for storing the learning material content received in the posting processing step;
    A usage processing step of accepting a usage request for learning material content from the second terminal, reading out the learning material content related to the usage request from the learning material storage unit, and downloading it to the second terminal;
    Teaching materials sharing method.
PCT/JP2017/032051 2016-09-28 2017-09-06 Teaching material sharing system, teaching material sharing server, and teaching material sharing method WO2018061668A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2018542055A JP6929864B2 (en) 2016-09-28 2017-09-06 Teaching material sharing system, teaching material sharing server, teaching material sharing method

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2016189152 2016-09-28
JP2016-189152 2016-09-28

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2018061668A1 true WO2018061668A1 (en) 2018-04-05

Family

ID=61760639

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2017/032051 WO2018061668A1 (en) 2016-09-28 2017-09-06 Teaching material sharing system, teaching material sharing server, and teaching material sharing method

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6929864B2 (en)
WO (1) WO2018061668A1 (en)

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2020054636A1 (en) * 2018-09-15 2020-03-19 株式会社ブロードリーフ Ai creation verification device
JP2020107120A (en) * 2018-12-27 2020-07-09 株式会社Ｅｐａｒｋ Learning support processing device, learning support method, and learning support program
JP2021174374A (en) * 2020-04-28 2021-11-01 株式会社日本標準 Business support device and business support method
WO2022168560A1 (en) * 2021-02-08 2022-08-11 株式会社グロースＸ E-learning system and e-learning method
JP7302835B1 (en) 2023-02-03 2023-07-04 大田 敏 Caller Information Acquisition System, Control Method of Caller Information Acquisition System, and Program
JP7430861B1 (en) 2023-06-05 2024-02-14 株式会社マーケティングトレーナー Educational content provision system, educational content provision method, and educational content provision program

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR102563264B1 (en) * 2022-01-12 2023-08-04 주식회사 프롬날리지 Contents Chart Server and Contents Chart System Having the Same

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2002202710A (en) * 2000-12-28 2002-07-19 Toppan Printing Co Ltd Online instruction system
JP2002297792A (en) * 2001-04-03 2002-10-11 Toppan Printing Co Ltd Learning system and method
JP2003337527A (en) * 2002-05-21 2003-11-28 Hitachi Ltd Learning support system and learning support method
JP2009008729A (en) * 2007-06-26 2009-01-15 Takero Tokutome Particpatory organization learning server and participatory organization learning program
JP2009169901A (en) * 2008-01-21 2009-07-30 Nec Corp Information processor, information processing method, computer program and recording medium
JP2010004168A (en) * 2008-06-18 2010-01-07 Pitmedia Marketings Inc Mosaic image providing device, method and program
JP2014112269A (en) * 2014-03-27 2014-06-19 Sprix:Kk Learning support system, learning support server, learning support method and learning support program

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2002268527A (en) * 2001-03-12 2002-09-20 System Integrator Co Ltd Teaching material providing and managing system and teaching material providing and managing method
JP2004062071A (en) * 2002-07-31 2004-02-26 Meiko Network Japan:Kk Education administration system using the internet
EP3246896A2 (en) * 2015-01-13 2017-11-22 Genex Solutions, Inc. Autonomous learning system using video/audio clips

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2002202710A (en) * 2000-12-28 2002-07-19 Toppan Printing Co Ltd Online instruction system
JP2002297792A (en) * 2001-04-03 2002-10-11 Toppan Printing Co Ltd Learning system and method
JP2003337527A (en) * 2002-05-21 2003-11-28 Hitachi Ltd Learning support system and learning support method
JP2009008729A (en) * 2007-06-26 2009-01-15 Takero Tokutome Particpatory organization learning server and participatory organization learning program
JP2009169901A (en) * 2008-01-21 2009-07-30 Nec Corp Information processor, information processing method, computer program and recording medium
JP2010004168A (en) * 2008-06-18 2010-01-07 Pitmedia Marketings Inc Mosaic image providing device, method and program
JP2014112269A (en) * 2014-03-27 2014-06-19 Sprix:Kk Learning support system, learning support server, learning support method and learning support program

Cited By (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2020054636A1 (en) * 2018-09-15 2020-03-19 株式会社ブロードリーフ Ai creation verification device
JP2020046787A (en) * 2018-09-15 2020-03-26 株式会社ブロードリーフ Ai creation verification device
AU2019339073B2 (en) * 2018-09-15 2022-05-26 Broadleaf Co., Ltd. AI creation verification device
JP2020107120A (en) * 2018-12-27 2020-07-09 株式会社Ｅｐａｒｋ Learning support processing device, learning support method, and learning support program
JP2021174374A (en) * 2020-04-28 2021-11-01 株式会社日本標準 Business support device and business support method
WO2022168560A1 (en) * 2021-02-08 2022-08-11 株式会社グロースＸ E-learning system and e-learning method
JP7302835B1 (en) 2023-02-03 2023-07-04 大田 敏 Caller Information Acquisition System, Control Method of Caller Information Acquisition System, and Program
JP2024110490A (en) * 2023-02-03 2024-08-16 大田 敏 Caller information acquisition system, caller information acquisition system control method, and program
JP7430861B1 (en) 2023-06-05 2024-02-14 株式会社マーケティングトレーナー Educational content provision system, educational content provision method, and educational content provision program

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP6929864B2 (en) 2021-09-01
JPWO2018061668A1 (en) 2019-08-08

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6929864B2 (en) Teaching material sharing system, teaching material sharing server, teaching material sharing method
US20170235837A1 (en) Systems and Method for Displaying and Categorizing News Feed Posts
US8782043B2 (en) Multi-sided media viewer and technique for media association
US20150242977A1 (en) Electronic system, method and device operable to facilitate education
US20070250479A1 (en) System and Method For Facilitating Collaborative Generation of Life Stories
Schiller* et al. Using digital images with young children: Challenges of integration
AU2012208934A1 (en) Systems and method for displaying and categorizing news feed posts
US20110207107A1 (en) On-line customizable textbook system and method
TW201732723A (en) Portfolio creation system
US20230162614A1 (en) System and method for managing innovation challenges
Quible Blogs and written business communication courses: A perfect union
US20100241488A1 (en) Educational website
Wolover An issue of attribution: The Tunisian revolution, media interaction, and agency
Mortensen et al. Measuring photo credibility in journalistic contexts: Scale development and application to staff and stock photography
KR100514939B1 (en) A System and Method for management of readind using website
KR102226193B1 (en) Contents distribution management method and apparatus
JP2002351299A (en) Education system by using network
Warlick Classroom blogging: A teacher's guide to blogs, wikis, & other tools that are shaping a new information landscape
US11620917B2 (en) International student delivery and engagement platform
Mortensen et al. Dear citizen photojournalists: Who are you? Studying the motivations and values of citizen photojournalists
JP6795311B2 (en) Information processing device
JP2020042498A (en) Information processing apparatus and program
KR20190115337A (en) Method for and management server implementing the same
Rysavy et al. Supporting library users’ research workflows with EdTech tools
JP2006276396A (en) Educational system and educational management device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 17855626

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2018542055

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 17855626

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1